The evolution of television weather reports егэ

Jack Lescoulie doing the weather report from Atlantic City on June 26, 1956 — Photo by: NBC/NBC NewsWire(Getty Images)

If you are like most people, you probably have at least one weather app on your phone. With access to up-to-date weather right in our pockets anytime we want it, you may think that television weather forecasts could quickly become a thing of the past. So far, at least, that doesn’t seem to be the case. The Weather Channel is going strong, and folks still tune into the evening news to see that their local TV station’s weather personality is predicting for the coming week. Weather reports have been a staple of television broadcasting since the beginning. Let’s take a look at the history of broadcast meteorology.

Подробности

51746

muzlanova1    
Прочитайте текст. Заполните пропуски в предложениях под номерами В4-В10 соответствующими формами слов, напечатанных заглавными буквами справа от каждого предложения. TEST 14 (part 1)

Mountain Biking

B4

In the past people enjoyed watching TV or reading in their free time.
(past simple, т.к. это было в прошлом)

ENJOY

B5

Nowadays people are more interested in doing activities which take them out of their homes.
(ing форма идёт после предлогов)

DO

B6

That’s why mountain biking has become a very popular sport in recent years. It is one of the most rewarding ways to explore the countryside.
(present perfect, т.к. процесс не закончился. Это стало более популярным и продолжает становиться)

BECOME

B7

Cyclists must pay attention to the type of path they are on. Some paths are designed for people who are on foot.
(present simple passive, т.к. их сконструировали, а не они сами что-то сконструировали)

DESIGN

B8

So if you cycle along these paths, you will cause inconvenience to walkers. On any other path, you should still re­spect walkers.
(1й conditional)

CAUSE

B9

Another thing which everyone is asked to do is closing gates behind you, so that farm animals cannot escape.
(present simple passive, т.к. каждого просят делать, а не каждый просит делать)

ASK

B10

If the weather is fine, you will enjoy a wonderful day out, especially if you don’t forget to take some food and drinks with you.
(1й conditional)

NOT FORGET


esse edit

Версия для печати и копирования в MS Word

1

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster

Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.

The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’

The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .

In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.

In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .

At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .

The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.

1.  through a small hole in the floor

2.  through the hole for the hamster

3.  and locked the runaway hamster

4.  to come out of the hole

5.  to look after the pet

6.  to try and locate the missing hamster

7.  and left it under the floorboards

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


2

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.

Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .

Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .

The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .

They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true  — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.

1.  just overfill your stomach

2.  could be bad for your weight

3.  have a habit of eating quickly

4.  linked to obesity

5.  eat as slowly as possible

6.  put on weight

7.  learned at a very early age

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


3

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Hi-Tech Brings Families Together

Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.

Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ______ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ______ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ______ .

Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ______ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.

The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ______ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ______ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.

Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.

1.  than any other group

2.  watching television

3.  in the company of someone else

4.  than two computers in the home

5.  communicated with their families

6.  helping them communicate

7.  owning a mobile

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


4

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Power of ‘Hello’

I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .

When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .

After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С ______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in  — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.

At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.

At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .

1.  it has become a way of life.

2.  when it passes you on the street.

3.  when you see him and talk to him.

4.  and it lets them come into mine, too.

5.  so I did not pay any attention to him.

6.  however small or simple the greeting is.

7.  how far he thought I could go in his company.

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


5

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Friendship and Love

A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.

I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.

I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .

When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.

This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .

1.  but we did anyway.

2.  whenever a need arises.

3.  they did not really care.

4.  whenever they need your help.

5.  could not guarantee would even last.

6.  am eternally grateful for a second chance.

7.  someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


6

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Mobile phones

On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

1.  trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

2.  that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

3.  and relying instead on actual call charges

4.  that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

5.  the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

6.  and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

7.  the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


7

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

London Zoo

London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.

Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.

That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .

In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.

Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .

Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!

1.  such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs

2.  as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo

3.  which take place every day, from

4.  because they see and touch them close up 

5.  despite the serious side to our work

6.  which demand much time and effort

7.  that is not counting every ant in the colony

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


8

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original

Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.

The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A___________________.

Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge  — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.

The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B _________________ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.

The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C __________________, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.

Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating

D __________________ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.

Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed  — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»

He added: «We speculated in the past E ____________________ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F_________________ was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».

1.  which could reveal

2.  which they stood

3.  which it was once made up

4.  that this stretch of the river Avon

5.  that there might have been something

6.  that it should be considered as integral part

7.  that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


9

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Australia

Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.

Australia is an island continent A _______________________ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.

B _______________________, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.

From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C _______________________.

The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D _______________________. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.

West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E _______________________. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.

The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F _______________________, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.

1.  that once stood here

2.  that is almost continent long

3.  whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania

4.  whose landscape  — much of bleak and inhospitable

5.  whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges

6.  Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper

7.  Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


10

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Scotland Yard

Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective  — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable  — A ___________________ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B _________________.

One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C __________________. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D __________________.

An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E _________.

There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.

There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F _________________.

1.  which is contacted by radio

2.  that familiar figure of the London scene

3.  for they are accustomed to military bands

4.  which possesses its own separate police force

5.  which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits

6.  that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice

7.  whereas the same search would take six men an hour

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


11

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Harry Potter course for university students

Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.

The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future

educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.

A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.

The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”

1.  up for the optional module, part of

2.  to emerge four or five years ago to see

3.  to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in

4.  such as the response of the writer

5.  including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in

6.  to growing demand from the student

7.  such as the moral universe of the school

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


12

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Laughing and evolution

The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.

The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.

“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”

Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.

Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.

To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”

1.  whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did

2.  to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes

3.   that laughter is a uniquely human trait

4.   that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos

5.  that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor

6.  while their caretakers tickled them

7.  to trace the origin of laughter back

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


13

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Nenets culture affected by global warming

For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.

But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ______ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ______ .

“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.

Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable  — with unseasonal snowstorms С ______ , and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50 °C. Now they are normally around -30 °C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30 °C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ______ ,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.

Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E ______ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes  — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ______ .

1.  when the ice was finally thick enough to cross

2.  that the impact on Russia would be disastrous

3.  the environment is under pressure

4.   and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us

5.   and set up their camps in the southern forests

6.  that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting

7.  when the reindeer give birth in May

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


14

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Duration of life and its social implications

The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A ______ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.

The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ______ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.

The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ______ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on carers and social services providers, D ______ for health services and pensions systems.

“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ______ .”

Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ______ population that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.

1.  which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country

2.  alarm about these changes

3.  a huge shift towards an ageing population

4.  change is due to

5.  while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications

6.  which shows the balance between working-age people and the older

7.  as proportions of older people increase in most countries

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


15

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes

St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .

The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.

However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.

The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .

They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.

They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.

The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.

«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.

1.  either a Maasai or a Kamba man

2.  who do not hunt elephants

3.  when they detected the smell of clothes

4.  who carried out the research

5.  the amount of risk they sense

6.  spearing elephants

7.  when they spotted red but not white cloth

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


16

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Culture and customs

In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ______ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ______ , such as North Korea.

Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ______ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ______  — like talking on a mobile phone.

Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ______ .”

Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ______ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.

1.  to perform other actions

2.  outnumber traditional telephones

3.  to communicate with each other 

4.  combined with the Internet

5.  to serve basic needs

6.  banned in some countries

7.  carry in our pockets

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


17

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

My Stage

My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.

I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ______ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ______ .

My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ______ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ______ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ______ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.

My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___________. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.

1.  like she was a rag doll

2.  whether I was good at it or not

3.  wished I, too, could be on stage

4.  and I designed the rest

5.  and I was star struck

6.  so Heather could do her tap routine

7.  because she got to go to dance lessons

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


18

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Cat’s punctuality

Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ______ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.

She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ______ .

An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ______ .

She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ______ .

It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.

Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.

Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays  — E ______ .

She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ______ .

His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.

1.  on the look-out for more treats

2.  from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT

3.  to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home

4.  on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away

5.  to identify if anyone had bumped into him

6.  when her son is having a lie-in

7.  collected by car every morning

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


19

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.

Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .

If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .

Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .

1.  whatever it costs

2.  most excellent impression

3.  you have never heard of before, and nobody else either

4.  in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives

5.  would never know it really well

6.  far from being the whole vocabulary of the language

7.  and all this

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


20

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.

The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .

He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.

In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .

Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .

It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .

And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .

Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.

Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .

Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.

1.  which is above Earth’s atmosphere.

2.  which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.

3.  which is invisible to the human eye.

4.  who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.

5.  so it has a clear view of space.

6.  because many stars are in clouds of gas.

7.  but where it is.

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


21

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ______ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B ______ .

Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.

The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .

1.  and finally measure them.

2.  since it was heard 3,000 miles away.

3.  and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.

4.  that loud sound is of high intensity.

5.  as they study mechanical forces.

6.  as a painful sensation in the ear.

7.  that the unaided human ear can detect.

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


22

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Chocolate

Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation  — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F ______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.

1.  the chocolate consumed today is made

2.  that chocolate, eaten in moderation

3.  central and southern America for

4.  of the world’s most popular flavours

5.  hand contains no cocoa solids and

6.  cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have

7.  many countries worldwide at

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


23

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Reality TV

Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera”  — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks  — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there  — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.

Whatever the real reason  — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows  — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .

1.  due to basic human instinct that

2.  is still early to judge

3.  are simply the cycles of fashion

4.  but more usually the stars are members

5.  that the television phenomenon

6.  is a type of programme that

7.  seem to have disappeared

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


24

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University

Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.

Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.

In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar  — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.

1.  who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea

2.  to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy

3.  a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind

4.  favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science

5.  the contemporary European powers in

6.  are marked by special events and festivities at

7.  famous among all educated people

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


25

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Window Shopping

The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A ______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate  — the 3K Window Shopping gang!

Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor café. Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is  — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.

But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the café and returned to the store by their 2.00 pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.

1.  not like to spend our time

2.  that it’s probably not quite

3.  that particular day turned

4.  our real shopping in

5.  sometimes go shopping for real

6.  anything you want and there is

7.  but when we are together

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


26

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Hotel

“Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No  — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before  — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street”  — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.

1.  me to take a print of your credit card

2.  points poured out smoothly, no verbal

3.  if I would even see her when

4.  although it seemed virtually identical

5.  so sure was I that nobody would

6.  me to help you with your luggage

7.  as if I am being processed like a product

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


27

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Mobile phones On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A _______________________.

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact B _______________________.

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular C _______________________. But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D _______________________. It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E _______________________. In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F _______________________, which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

1.  trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

2.  that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

3.  and relying instead on actual call charges

4.  that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

5.  the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

6.  and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

7.  the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


28

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Lindsay Wildlife Museum

Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.

Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A __________________ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В __________________. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С __________________.

The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D __________________.

After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E __________________. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F __________________ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme  — the first of its kind in the United States of America  — began in 1970.

1.  that a permanent, year-round site was necessary

2.  as well as field trips focused on the natural world

3.  many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising

4.  that had been injured or orphaned because of intense

5.  that needed public attention and a new building

6.  as well as teach children and adults about nature

7.  through education programmes and on-site tours

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


29

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

America’s fun place on America’s main street

If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ________________. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us  — or В ________________. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.

Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ________________. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ________________ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.

A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ________________. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.

Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ________________, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.

1.  that are offered to the visitors

2.  its glamorous past and fun-filled present

3.  as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences

4.  by joining our e-community

5.  that was sweeping the country

6.  celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War

7.  to learn more about American history

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


30

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops

The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs  — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A _________________________ in 1997.

The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В _________________________ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.

«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С _________________________,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _________________________ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.

Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E _________________________. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»

A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F _________________________ and can be life-changing.»

1.  that it was researching the system of funding education after 16

2.  260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000

3.  but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced

4.  that inspire young people is immeasurable

5.  but an increasing shortage of work experience means

6.  that young people should stay on at school, as

7.  but a lot more of it is being done online

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


31

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Lots of fun in Cardiff

As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.

Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A _________________________. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.

In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _________________________. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С _________________________. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D _________________________.

There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _________________________.

The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F _________________________. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.

1.  from international names to family-run guest houses

2.  joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians

3.  having their summer holidays in Cardiff

4.  that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers

5.  which features music, film, literature and graphics

6.  from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations

7.  beating with dance and theatrical performances

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


32

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Changing image

For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.

Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _________________. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _________________ of politics.

Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _________________ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _________________, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.

The museum continues constantly to add figures E _________________ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.

The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F _________________.

1.  as well as resources on art, technology and drama

2.  as well as the idols of popular music and the icons

3.  who is sitting to determine exact measurements

4.  ranging from special effects to fully animated figures

5.  ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment

6.  that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity

7.  who are eager to help in any possible way they can

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


33

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working

Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame  — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _________________, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В _________________. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С _________________.»

The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D _________________,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E __________________, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»

Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F _________________.»

As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a

lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.

1.  and things would be different if everyone was given the chance

2.  which let me know he approved of me

3.  and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays

4.  which I needed to become a professional skier

5.  which I would happily spend as I liked

6.  that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex

7.  but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


34

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Orient Express

In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.

By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A ___________________. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В ___________________. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.

In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.

Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С ___________________, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.

Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D ___________________ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E ___________________.

Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ___________________ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.

1.  elegant meals were served to passengers

2.  to use trains for long distance travel and vacations

3.  who rode the train

4.  who wrote about it

5.  which connected Switzerland and Italy

6.  that served dishes and wines

7.  there was no money

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


35

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Arizona’s world class cruise

Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ______________________, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ______________________.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ______________________. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.

Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, waterfowl, D ______________________. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ______________________.

All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ______________________ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.

1.  that nature has ever created in the wild

2.  that none of the others have

3.  hovering over the magnificent lake

4.  who retells the legends of the mysterious past

5.  for yourself why there is nothing quite

6.  who pays much attention to children’s safety

7.  continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


36

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

US Congress

The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.

It is an assembly of elected representatives A ___________________ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.

Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ___________________ and through which members of Congress form alliances.

C ___________________, in which political parties are the only important

kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.

In fact other organizations have grown in number D ___________________.

The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E __________________ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.

But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F ___________________, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.

1.  as party influence has declined

2.  against the spirit of the Constitution

3.  being so large (435 members)

4.  empowered to make laws

5.  unlike the British Parliament

6.  by which the business of Congress is carried on

7.  who in turn are elected by the full party membership

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


37

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Trailblazers

In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.

Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A___________________________ to move possessions and supplies became common place.

Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B___________________________ to new people and territories.

Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C___________________________ on each other for goods.

To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D___________________________ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.

More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E ___________________________.

As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ___________________________, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.

1.  to spread U.S. ideas and government

2.  for the first time in history

3.  thus replacing them forever

4.  as territories became interdependent

5.  the use of covered wagons

6.  by taking land from Native peoples

7.  forming the largest mass migration in history

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


38

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

A Young Mayor

This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.

An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A _____________________, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____________________, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____________________. “My election promise was to make sure D _____________________,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”

Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____________________ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.

Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____________________. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.

1.  who is not a member of any political party

2.  that our village would be protected from outside interests

3.  but it was not a total shock to her

4.  being a politics student at the university

5.  so she can do her job as mayor properly

6.  who is only just old enough to vote herself

7.  will have to find time for her work as mayor

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


39

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Is there enough to say?

They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age  — mobile phones, or cell phones, A _____________________. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____________________.

And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C _____________________ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.

But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now  — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____________________, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?

In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____________________.

In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write  — communication was serious. Now it’s not  — people phone each other F _____________________. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk  — now it’s just an excuse to talk.

1.  has been developed very quickly

2.  not understand why they are doing it for

3.  as Americans call them

4.  riding halfway across the country on a horse

5.  just because they can

6.  can also be used to take and send photos

7.  fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


40

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Promoting language learning

The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____________________ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.

The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____________________. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C_____________________.

Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D_____________________. There are national information centres in each country, E_____________________.

The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F _____________________. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.

1.  and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners

2.  which includes language teaching and learning

3.  cinemas and television in other EU countries

4.  which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning

5.  funding a number of educational programmes

6.  and encouraging people to learn new languages

7.  where details about the application procedures are given

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


41

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Starting your own business

What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A___________ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____________ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.

If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____________into the world of commerce.

Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D___________. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.

Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____________ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.

If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____________ the business.

1.  the essentials of starting

2.  that awaits when you step

3.  trials and tribulations of employment

4.  establishing and conducting

5.  preparing a business plan

6.  waiting to be acquired

7.  undertaking the commercial activity

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


42

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Archaeology done underwater

Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A_______________________, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.

Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B_______________________, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine

archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_______________________.

Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_______________________ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_______________________. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_______________________.

1.  that existed long before the invention of writing

2.  that nearly every object made by humans

3.  what those people were really like

4.  which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring

5.  that it is the study of archaeology done underwater

6.  and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities

7.  and what was discovered underwater

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


43

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Visiting the Royal Parks

London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_______________________ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B_______________________. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_______________________.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D_______________________ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_______________________. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F_______________________. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

1.  that are displayed during the nesting season

2.  while the city has grown up around them

3.  and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

4.  where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

5.  who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

6.  who does not know the route to the place of destination

7.  that take cyclists away from traffic

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


44

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Survival of the Welsh Language

Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A___________________________. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.

Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B___________________________.

By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C___________________________.

Now, D___________________________, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.

In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ___________________________. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.

By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ___________________________. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6%  — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!

1.  as well as education and the law

2.  the only one of a number of allied languages that remain

3.  with radio and the English press further speeding the decline

4.  many being able to speak Welsh only

5.  where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner

6.  apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools

7.  bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


45

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Secrets of Long Life

There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians  — A__________________ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?

«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B__________________ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C__________________ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.

Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D__________________ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E__________________ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.

«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F__________________ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.

1.  make it a healthy diet

2.  other parts of the world

3.  four times higher than the average

4.  have a cultural tradition

5.  sends a signal to the body

6.  the rest of the population

7.  makes the body protect itself

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


46

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Beaches of Portugal

Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A ______________________.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______________________, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C ______________________.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D ______________________ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ______________________ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ______________________. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

1.  where one can enjoy close contact with

2.  which meet every need of their users

3.  than to discover them once for oneself

4.  who has never been to this wonderful city

5.  which is ideal for various water sports

6.  to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

7.  who have different options around the capital

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


47

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Joy of Reading

Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _________________ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down

from generation to generation.

First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B __________________, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.

Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C ___________________. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping people understand D ________________.

Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions,

E ______________.

Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F ________________.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

1.  try to avoid the boredom of life

2.  that has consistently remained part of society

3.  that they are not alone

4.  going through something difficult

5.  without having to bear any responsibility

6.  that range from unlikely to impossible

7.  at your own pace

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


48

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Peter and Paul Fortress

The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.

Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A_______________________.

The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B_______________________. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C_____________________, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D_______________________ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E_______________________, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F_______________________ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.

1.  as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg

2.  which was designed by D. Trezzini

3.  which was the burial place of Russian

4.  and reminding of the rich history of the city

5.  as the most protected part of the city

6.  which is located on the spire of the cathedral

7.  that are located at the corners

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


49

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Surviving in a Desert

A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _________________.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B __________________. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ___________________, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D ________________. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E ______________. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F ________________. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

1.  which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

2.  whenever it rains

3.  to find water as far as 25 metres away

4.  which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

5.  to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

6.  even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

7.  that help them to live in the desert

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


50

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Nevsky Prospect

Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_______________________.

After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_______________________ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_______________________, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_______________________. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E_______________________ had their offices there.

Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F_______________________.

1.  and hotels there or nearby the avenue

2.  showing the original width of the avenue

3.  which was not as straight as it was planned

4.  which were built by famous architects and

5.  connecting these two important structures with

6.  and a few rows of trees were planted along the street

7.  as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


51

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Whales in a Noisy Ocean

Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____________. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.

Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____________. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise

C _____________ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. This helps them to track, identify, and survey

different species.

One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____________.

It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____________. If the Song of the Whale team can

F _____________, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.

1.  in using underwater microphones

2.  to locate food and find their way

3.  result in injury and even death

4.  track and identify their habitats

5.  to filter out food from the water

6.  to provide a platform for marine research

7.  when large numbers come ashore

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


52

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Unique nature of Kamchatka

Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A____________________ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.

Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B____________________. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes

in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The region is also known C____________________  — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____________________. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.

Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____________________ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____________________ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.

1.  which are depicted on most souvenirs there

2.  so it is necessary to monitor it all the time

3.  who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears

4.  which has the second largest concentration of

5.  to be a place of many water sources

6.  to be a popular nature reserve and health resort

7.  that makes it a place to visit when

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


53

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The life of Pi

«The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_______________________, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.

At the start of the book, we B_______________________ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.

When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_______________________. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_______________________, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_______________________ and show it that he’s the boss.

Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_______________________ in the end!

1.  read the book to find out what happens

2.  some food and water on the lifeboat

3.  his knowledge of animals to control the tiger

4.  received an award for being strong

5.  sold seven million copies worldwide

6.  learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry

7.  a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


54

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Santa Claus

The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_______________________ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_______________________. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_______________________ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.

St. Nicholas first D_______________________ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.

In the 19th centuries big stores E_______________________ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_______________________ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.

1.  began to advertise Christmas shopping

2.  became the subject of many legends

3.  began dressing up unemployed men in

4.  is celebrated on the anniversary of

5.  was only a matter of time

6.  stretches all the way back to

7.  appeared in American popular culture

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


55

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

A Trash Collector’s Work is Never Done

Brian Kane was a trash collector in Denver, Colorado. Year after year, A_______________________ Brian rode on the back of a garbage truck through the streets of this city. At each stop, he would jog quickly to the back of buildings, then drag heavy trash cans to the truck. Brian never complained  — even B_______________________ or cold wind turned his fingers into sticks of ice.

Brian saw these hardships C_______________________. His job was actually a training ground for his lifelong dream: to climb Mount Everest, the highest mountain in the world. On his thirtieth birthday, Brian took a three-month leave from his job and flew to Nepal. There he began the long, difficult journey up Mount Everest. Brian first climbed to a base camp. He stayed there for a couple of weeks D_______________________. Brian had also planned to bring three oxygen canisters with him to the summit, at 29,028 feet, it would be hard to survive without extra oxygen. Over the next two months, Brian climbed to 26,000 feet, to Camp Four  — the last place to rest below the summit. But when Brian saw this camp, he gasped and fell to his knees.

“Trash!” he cried. Nearly a thousand empty oxygen canisters littered the camp area. Humans had turned this beautiful remote place into a giant trash heap. Nevertheless, E_______________________, Brian continued to follow his dream.

Two days later he stood proudly on the peak of Mt. Everest. He had reached the “roof of the world”! Two days after this great achievement, Brian stuffed a dozen empty oxygen canisters in his pack and headed down the mountain. He smiled to himself F_______________________ that the work of a trash collector is never done.

1.  to get used to the thinner air

2.  eight hours a day, five days a week

3.  as he realized

4.  sad, but determined

5.  whatever happens in the future

6.  as opportunities to become strong and fit

7.  when sweat stung his eyes

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


56

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

“Seeing” with Sound

How do blind people get around safely? Some people use special guide dogs. A well-trained dog knows A_________________ cross busy streets and get from place to place. Some people use long white canes to help them get around.

Guide dogs and canes are helpful, but is there a better way B_________________? A scientist in England thought so. He is a zoologist named Dean Waters who studies bats. He knows that bats are able to fly in the dark without bumping into things. Also, he knows that bats go by using sound to “see”. Dr. Waters wondered C_________________ .

Bats as they fly make squeaking or clicking sounds. These sounds travel outward in waves. When the waves hit an object D_________________, they echo, or bounce back. The waves travel back to the bat’s ears. From the echoes, a bat learns the location and shape of objects around it. This is called echolocation.

Dr. Waters talked to other scientists, including Deborah Withington and Brian Hoyle. They all worked together and invented a new kind of cane. At first they called it a “bat cane” because the idea started with bats. The new cane has a computer in the handle. It sends out high sounds E_________________. The sound waves bounce off objects and echo back. This causes buttons in the handle to buzz. With a little training, a person F_________________ can tell where the objects are and can “see” with sound!

1.  for blind people to get around

2.  if people could do something similar

3.  who can hear and see well

4.  how to help his master

5.  that humans cannot hear

6.  using the cane

7.  such as a tree or a house

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


57

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Man Who Loved the Sea

Jacques Cousteau was born in France in 1910. Although he was sickly as a child, he learned to swim at an early age and developed a love for the ocean. He joined the French navy in 1933, and it was there A_______________________.

Amazed at what he saw beneath the sea, he decided to build a device that would allow people to breathe underwater. In 1942, he finished the Aqua-Lung, a piece of early underwater breathing equipment B_______________________.

After World War II, Cousteau began his life’s work onboard the research ship Calypso. He worked with divers and scientists to photograph and gather samples of underwater plants and animals. In doing so, he learned about many ocean creatures C_______________________.

In 1960, he successfully worked to stop nuclear waste D______________________. He worked tirelessly

_______________________ and won many awards for his efforts. His television show, The Undersea World of Jacques Cousteau, ran from 1968 to 1976. The series helped raise awareness of the creatures who inhabit the world’s oceans. Cousteau died in 1997 at the age of 87 and is still celebrated F_______________________ of the twentieth century.

1.  from being dumped into the Mediterranean Sea

2.  that would eventually lead to the SCUBA diving gear

3.  as one of the most important explorers and environmentalists

4.  even though he became interested in exploring the ocean

5.  that he first used a pair of underwater goggles

6.  to improve the ecological conditions of the world’s oceans

7.  that had never been studied before

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


58

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Russian souvenirs

Russia is famous for its diversity, as well as its hospitality. The best way to show Russia to someone is to bring home something special. Matryoshka and balalaika are quite stereotypical presents. There are many other goods A_______________________.

Woolen shawls have always been popular in Russia because of cold winters. The shawls made in Pavlovsky Posad, B_______________________, are considered to be a traditional Russian gift. Woolen shawls and scarves have been made there since 1795. A wide shawl with a beautiful original pattern on it may be used like a blanket. It is nice to cover oneself up with it sitting in the armchair, watching a movie, C_______________________. The Pavlovsky Posad manufacture produces scarves for men as well. They can be bought through the Internet, or in brand stores, D_______________________.

Belyovskaya pastila is a souvenir E_______________________. It has been made since the 19th century in the town of Belyov near Tula. This is a very special kind of Russian confection. Though it is called “pastila”, it is not a marshmallow style delicacy. Belyovskaya pastila is made of dried apples. After they have been dried, they are mixed with egg whites and sugar and whipped. Belyovskaya pastila is similar to a cake, F_______________________ of apples. It is considered to be a natural product, and it is not of average price. Tourists can buy this kind of sweet at some confectioner’s shops throughout Moscow.

1.  that one may buy in Moscow as a souvenir

2.  which are situated in the centre of Moscow

3.  that pleases the people with a sweet tooth

4.  although it has a slightly sour taste

5.  which is a town not very far from Moscow

6.  riding a bike around the villages in Russia

7.  reading a book, or drinking coffee or tea

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


59

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Hunter in the Sky

Stargazing takes imagination. People who love stargazing see the stars A____________________. They imagine lines that connect groups of stars called constellations. A constellation is a group of stars B____________________.

The constellation Orion is known as the hunter, C____________________. To find Orion, first find the Big Dipper. The Big Dipper looks like a huge cup with a long handle. After you find the Big Dipper, turn around. There’s Orion! He is outlined by four bright stars D____________________. Their tips seem to come together. Where they meet, there are three more bright stars. These form Orion’s belt. Some fainter stars appear to hang from the belt. These are Orion’s sword.

There are different kinds of stars in the constellation Orion. The star Betelgeuse makes Orion’s right shoulder. Betelgeuse is an Arabic word that means “shoulder of the giant”. The star itself is so huge E____________________. Its diameter is 400 times greater than that of our Sun. Betelgeuse is considered a cool star. It is probably not as hot as our Sun. Rigel is the star F____________________.

Rigel is much brighter than Betelgeuse because it is much hotter. It’s more than three times as hot as our Sun. However, Rigel is just a baby in size compared to Betelgeuse.

1.  that it is called a supergiant

2.  that form two triangles

3.  that makes Orion’s left foot

4.  that looks like a person, an animal, or an object

5.  after a hero of ancient Greek myths

6.  as they may form new stars

7.  as shining spots in a dot-to-dot drawing game

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


60

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

State History Museum

The State History Museum is the largest historical museum in Russia. It is situated at the northern end of Red Square in the heart of Moscow. What once was the Principal Medicine Store now houses a huge collection A_______________________ the Stone Age. It was founded in 1872 and opened to the public in 1883. The museum is housed in a neo-Russian style building, B_______________________. It is one of the most prominent buildings in Red Square. Each room is in the style of a different period or region. The walls in some rooms are decorated in the style of Russian churches.

The impressive collection of the State History Museum includes relics of prehistoric tribes C_______________________ present-day Russia. The exhibits about medieval Russia are excellent. Several rooms of this period cover the Mongol invasions D_______________________.

The 2nd floor is dedicated to the Imperial period. The exhibits include personal items of the royal family members, furniture and decoration from the palace interiors. There are also various pieces of artworks and documents from the era. Specific rooms are dedicated to the reigns of various tsars. An unexpected highlight is an exhibition E_______________________ by examining the growing network of roads and how people travelled in the past. The State History Museum has also the country’s largest coin collection, the 6th-century manuscripts and artworks F_______________________ during their reign.

1.  and the consolidation of the Russian state

2.  and cave paintings of prehistoric times

3.  which is an attraction in its own right

4.  addressing the expansion of the Russian Empire

5.  that were collected by the Romanov dynasty

6.  covering Russian history since the time of

7.  that once inhabited the big territory of

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


61

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Gorky Park

Gorky Park in Moscow is one of the best recreational places. Moscow’s main city escape is not a conventional expanse of nature preserved inside the urban jungle. It is not a fun fair either, A_______________________. Its official name says it all  — Gorky’s Central Park of Culture and Leisure. That is exactly what it provides: culture and leisure in all shapes and forms. It especially attracts those B_______________________. However, people who prefer peaceful places can sail boats or catamaran or take a walk to Neskuchny Garden, located nearby. Here one can always find a quiet place.

The first recreational park of Russia was opened on the 12th of August 1928. It was designed by avant-garde architect Konstantin Melnikov. There were exhibition pavilions, tennis courts, a decorative pool and attractions for kids. There was not such a place C_______________________. The park was given the name of famous Soviet writer Maxim Gorky in 1932. Since then it has been called Gorky Park.

Nowadays, Gorky Park is the central park of Moscow D_______________________ 20 thousand people on weekdays and more than 100 thousand on weekends and holidays. Since 2011 Gorky Park has become the first world-class amusement park in Russia with space for rest, sport, dancing and games outside. The park offers free entrance, wi-fi coverage, as well E_______________________. It is a perfect place for an active holiday, with many things to do. Gorky Park now serves F_______________________, a point of attraction for youth and families.

1.  as newly designed recreational zones

2.  though the park used to be one

3.  who enjoys cultural events and shows

4.  as a true centre of city life

5.  as this park in the world at the time

6.  and is attended by more than

7.  who like fun and entertainment

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


62

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Forests on Fire

There are some places where you can expect wildfires. In California, fires burn from 50,000 to 500,000 acres of land every year. Some of the plants A_______________________ have oily sap. They can survive the dry, hot summers, but if they catch fire they explode into flame. Grasses grow thick during the spring rains and then die. They dry into a thick layer of straw B_______________________, making a very hot fire.

Fires can start wherever there’s fuel to burn. Southern California has plenty of fuel and a hot, dry wind C_______________________ between mid-September and late October. This wind, called the Santa Ana, passes over the inland desert, D_______________________, and rushes toward the ocean to the west. The Santa Ana wind fans the flames and makes fighting the fires nearly impossible.

In 1988, Wyoming’s Yellowstone National Park was burned by several fires at once. Lightning struck in two places. A worker dropped a lit cigarette in another place. On the worst day of fire, more than 600 square kilometers of forest burned. Clouds of smoke E_______________________ rose into the atmosphere. Smoke blocked the sun and drifted far beyond the park.

Firefighters work hard to control fires like those in Yellowstone and California, F_______________________. But long before humans learned how to start or put out a fire, prairies and forests burned every year. Both kinds of land recovered, as they have in Yellowstone and in California.

1.  that burns fast

2.  many of which are caused by people

3.  that blows every year

4.  wherever lightning strikes

5.  that looked like storm clouds

6.  that live there

7.  its air losing moisture and gaining heat

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


63

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Brave Queen

There are many true stories about Queen Victoria that break the usual stereotypes about 19th century royalty. Having married for love at the age of 20 and dearly loving her husband, Prince Albert, Queen Victoria once managed to save his life in most dire circumstances. It happened on February 9, 1841, only a day before their first wedding anniversary – a date A_______________________ for the christening of the first-born child Princess Vicky.

On that day the young royal couple went for a walk on the freezing grounds of Buckingham palace. They were accompanied by only one maid of honour. Earlier that year, Queen Victoria had a pair of ice skates made for Prince Albert as a gift, for he loved skating and was good at it. When they reached the frozen lake, Prince Albert strapped on his skates and headed out onto the ice, B_______________________ skate from the shore. The prince made a circle of the lake and was returning to the spot where the Queen was standing, C_______________________ and he was immersed in the icy water.

Queens, D_______________________, are not normally prepared to act decisively in life-threatening situations. Yet, Albert was in mortal danger, and there was no one else to help. Victoria acted quickly and resolutely. Victoria quickly calmed down the terrified maid of honour and had her grasp her Queen’s left hand in both of hers, while reaching out over the lake E_______________________ with the right hand. After some time, F_______________________, Victoria managed to grasp Albert’s hand and pull him towards the shore. Although Albert had a cut on his chin and was on the verge of hypothermia, Victoria’s courage had saved his life.

1.  as far as she could

2.  who are constantly taken care of

3.  with tremendous effort

4.  which had also been chosen

5.  as the Queen of England

6.  while his wife watched him

7.  when the ice suddenly broke

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


64

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Aurora

The cruiser Aurora is a museum in St. Petersburg. It is a former Russian naval ship that has played an important part in the country’s history.

The Aurora was built between 1897 and 1900 at the Admiralty shipyard in St. Petersburg. The cruiser was one of the largest ships of its time. After its construction was complete, the Aurora took its place as part of the Russian 2nd Squadron in the Pacific Ocean. In May 1905, it took part in the Battle of Tsushima and was one of just a few Russian ships A_______________________. After the battle in the Baltic, it returned to St. Petersburg B_______________________.

The ship served during World War I. When it returned to St. Petersburg in 1916 for major repairs, the city was on the edge of revolution C_______________________ the 1917 February Revolution. Soon the Aurora was to play a huge part in the October revolution. The ship is famous for firing the shot D_______________________ the Winter Palace.

Once again in 1922, the Aurora served as a training ship. During World War II, the ship’s guns were removed to use for land defense. Unfortunately, being left defenseless it was sunk in Leningrad harbour to keep it from E_______________________. The ship was brought back to the surface in 1944 and later, after extensive repairs, it was permanently anchored at the harbour and became a museum in 1957.

The Aurora is now maintained by cadets from the nearby Nakhimov Navy School. Admission is free to the public, F_______________________ a small fee.

1.  though a visit to the engine room carries

2.  and became a cadet training ship

3.  that survived the intense naval battle

4.  falling into the hands of the Germans

5.  that signaled the prepared attack on

6.  and many crew members joined

7.  protecting the territory of the harbour

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


65

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

The Lawn Chair Flyer

Larry Walters was a truck driver who always dreamed of flying. When he couldn’t get into the U.S. Air Force, he came up with a new plan. One sunny day in July of 1982, Larry made history A_______________________ near Los Angeles, California.

Larry tied 45 weather balloons to a lawn chair and used helium tanks to fill the balloons. Weather balloons are the balloons used by weather services to measure atmospheric pressure, temperature, humidity and wind speed by a special instrument. Sitting in his sturdy chair B_______________________, Larry ordered his friends to cut the anchor rope. But instead of rising slowly to a height of 100 feet C_______________________, Larry’s aircraft rushed skyward. It rose to over 16,000 feet in the air. The truck driver D_______________________ was suddenly in airplane territory  — in a lawn chair!

Fortunately, Larry had brought along an air gun and a two-way radio. He used the radio to communicate E_______________________. He also shot a few balloons with the air gun to lower his aircraft. However, the lawn chair eventually drifted into some power lines, causing a power outage in the nearby city of Long Beach.

After his historic flight, Larry had to pay a fine to the Federal Aviation Administration for flying an uncertified aircraft. He complained that the Wright brothers, F_______________________, had also flown uncertified aircrafts. Later, Larry said, “I fulfilled my dream. But I wouldn’t do this again for anything.”

1)  as he had expected

2)  like many pilots before them

3)  when he took flight in a homemade aircraft

4)  with surprised emergency officials

5)  with no flight experience

6)  inventors of the first airplane

7)  like the proud captain of a ship

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


66

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Night Dwellers

Did you know that when you go to bed at night, many animals are just beginning to stir? These animals sleep during much of the day and come out at night to hunt for food. Animals who are active during the hours of darkness are called nocturnal animals. Owls, raccoons, skunks, moths, mice, and bats are just a few of these animals.

You might think A_______________________ to find their way around in the dark, but it isn’t. Some of them have eyes that are specially formed to make use of moonlight and starlight. Their eyes are almost like mirrors B_______________________ to see quite well. Other animals rely on their noses. Mice, for example, use their sense of smell C_______________________ . Some animals rely on their ears. An owl can hear the soft rustling sound made by a mouse D_______________________ .

Go outside on a summer evening and sit quietly. Perhaps you will see or hear some nocturnal animals. Listen for the chirp of crickets. Watch the sky for a bat swooping after mosquitoes. Look around a porch light for moths and other insects E_______________________. You might discover F_______________________ to your very own backyard!

1.  as it slips through the grass

2.  that animals use their flexible tails

3.  that it would be difficult for nocturnal animals

4.  that magnify the light and enable them

5.  that night-time brings a lot of action

6.  that may be attracted to the glow

7.  to guide them to food sources

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


67

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Going green

Green buildings. Green energy. Green cleaning. Once upon a time, green was just another colour in your crayon box. It was also a word A_______________________. In recent years, “green” has become the universal word for all environmentally friendly things.

The happy hum of a washing machine, B_______________________ are some of the soothing sounds of home. And there are times when these appliances are running all at once at your place. But as C_______________________ pollution. The more energy your home consumes, the harder power plants have to work, and the more pollution enters the environment.

As a resident of a fragile planet, you do want to do your part to help the environment. So you recycle, you use D_______________________ and you never let the water run while you’re brushing your teeth. But as you do your part to protect the environment, it’s important E_______________________ can also improve your health. For example, reducing carbon dioxide emissions can be achieved in many ways, and can benefit your health. By deciding to use your bike or walk to work, you benefit both F_______________________. You reduce your fossil fuel consumption and increase leisure-time physical activity and connect with others. So, don’t hesitate and go green whenever you can.

1.  biking, walking or working from home

2.  to keep in mind that living green

3.  public transportation whenever you can

4.  your health and the local environment

5.  the neighbour used to describe your garden

6.  your electricity usage goes up, so does the air

7.  clothes dryer, dishwasher and refrigerator

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


68

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Elizabeth II

Elizabeth Alexandra Mary Windsor wasn’t born to wear the crown. But destiny intervened.

As the elder daughter of King George V’s second son, Elizabeth, now 95, was expected to live the life of a minor royal A_______________________. Dogs and horses, a country house, a suitable match  — B_______________________  — seemed her future.

However, everything changed a decade later when her uncle, King Edward VIII, abdicated so he could marry the American divorcee Wallis Simpson. Elizabeth’s father became King George VI, C_______________________ .

She was 25 years old D_______________________ , and she became queen that same night. Princess Elizabeth, called Lilibet, became «Elizabeth the Second, by the Grace of God, Queen of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland and her other realms and territories, Head of the Commonwealth, Defender of the Faith.» On June 2, 1953, she was officially crowned in a grand ceremony at Westminster Abbey.

E_______________________ , Queen Elizabeth II holds a number of remarkable records. She is the oldest reigning monarch and has reigned longer than her great-great-grandmother Queen Victoria, F_______________________ , from 1837 to 1901. Elizabeth II has also had the longest marriage in the British royal family. Even her coronation made television history: never before had there been so many viewers, 300 million worldwide.

1)  when her father died on February 6, 1952

2)  when she was born on April 21, 1926

3)  a comfortable but uneventful life

4)  as one of the most important elements of her work

5)  making the young princess the next in line to the throne

6)  who served as monarch for 63 years

7)  with over 70 years on the throne under her belt

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:


69

Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7  — лишняя. Занесите цифры, обозначающие соответствующие части предложений, в таблицу.

Ray Wallace’s Bigfoot Hoax

For decades, people have heard about sightings of a gigantic creature called Bigfoot in the forests of the Pacific Northwest. A_______________________, the creature always left huge footprints. A logger B_______________________ helped popularize these stories about Bigfoot.

In 1958, one of Wallace’s workers reported to a newspaper that he had spotted the creature’s tracks. Wallace explained that his workers were scared of the beast. The story spread, and some people connected the creature to other legendary monsters, especially the Abominable Snowman, or Yeti, C_______________________ . Wallace had pictures and film footage of a huge, furry primate D_______________________ . He also tried to sell castings of giant footprints and recordings of the creature’s cries.

But in 2002, after Ray Wallace died, his family members had their own story to tell. They said that Wallace was a prankster and made the giant footprints himself. Wallace’s wife admitted dressing up in a Bigfoot costume E_______________________ . Apparently, Ray Wallace enjoyed fooling people. He told his Bigfoot stories for decades. However, Wallace certainly was not responsible for all the other reported sightings of Bigfoot. In fact, some people continue to report seeing the monster. Nonetheless, F_______________________ , his own son said, «Bigfoot is dead.»

1.  to back up his story

2.  named Ray Wallace

3.  when Ray Wallace passed away

4.  being one of them

5.  according to the stories

6.  as part of the hoax

7.  said to live in the mountains of Nepal

Пропуск A B C D E F
Часть предложения

Ответ:

Завершить тестирование, свериться с ответами, увидеть решения.

Task 1 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски A–F частями предложений, обозначенными цифрами 1–7. Одна из частей в списке 1–7 лишняя. Занесите цифру, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу.

Fire Crews Hunt Escaped Hamster

Eight firefighters have been called in to help find an escaped hamster. Two crews used a chocolate-covered camera and a vacuum cleaner A ____ , called Fudgie, at the home of a six-year-old girl in Dunbar, Scotland.

The girl’s mother said: ‘We came down for breakfast and discovered Fudgie had opened the top lid of her cage and had made her way into the kitchen and we think she has gone В ____ .’

The fire crews spent five hours trying to recover the pet after it ran down a hole in the kitchen floor. But, the hamster still refused С ____ .

In the search for Fudgie, the firefighters took the family cooker and gas pipes apart. They also dropped a mini-camera coated with chocolate under the floorboards. They then hoped to take out the hamster using a vacuum cleaner. Despite all their efforts, they failed to find Fudgie.

In the end, the firefighters put another camera down the hole D ____ , connected to the screen of the family home computer, to see if Fudgie appeared. Besides, the girl and her parents regularly dropped food E ____ .

At last, after eight days the hamster returned to her cage safe and sound. She crawled from the hole in the kitchen floor early in the morning. It was the girl’s father who first found Fudgie F ____ .

The girl said that day it was like Christmas morning for her. Her parents added that they too felt extremely happy when Fudgie had finally returned.

  1. through a small hole in the floor

  2. through the hole for the hamster

  3. and locked the runaway hamster

  4. to come out of the hole

  5. to look after the pet

  6. to try and locate the missing hamster

  7. and left it under the floorboards

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 2

Speed of eating is ‘key to obesity’

If you eat very quickly, it may be enough to increase your risk of being overweight, research suggests.

Osaka University scientists looked at the eating habits of 3,000 people. Just about half of them told researchers that they A ______ . Compared with those who did not eat quickly, fast-eating men were 84% more likely to be overweight, and women were 100% more likely to В ______ .

Japanese scientists said that there were a number of reasons why eating fast С ______ . They said it could prevent the work of a signalling system which tells your brain to stop eating because your stomach is full. They said: ‘If you eat quickly you basically fill your stomach before the system has a chance to react, so you D _____ .

The researchers also explained that a mechanism that helps make us fat today, developed with evolution and helped people get more food in the periods when they were short of it. The scientists added that the habit of eating fast could be received from one’s parents genes or E ______ .

They said that, if possible, children should be taught to F ______ , and allowed to stop when they felt full up at mealtimes. ‘The advice of our grandmothers about chewing everything 20 times might be true — if you take a bit more time eating, it could have a positive influence on your weight.

  1. just overfill your stomach

  2. could be bad for your weight

  3. have a habit of eating quickly

  4. linked to obesity

  5. eat as slowly as possible

  6. put on weight

  7. learned at a very early age

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 3

Hi-Tech Brings Families Together 

Technology is helping families stay in touch like never before, says a report carried out in the US.

Instead of driving people apart, mobile phones and the Internet are A ____ . The research looked at the differences in technology use between families with children and single adults. It found that traditional families have more hi-tech gadgets in their home В ____ . Several mobile phones were found in 89% of families and 66% had a high-speed Internet connection. The research also found that 58% of families have more С ____ .

Many people use their mobile phone to keep in touch and communicate with parents and children. Seventy percent of couples, D ____ , use it every day to chat or say hello. In addition, it was found that 42% of parents contact their children via their mobile every day.

The growing use of mobile phones, computers and the Internet means that families no longer gather round the TV to spend time together. 25% of those who took part in the report said they now spend less time E ____ . Only 58% of 18—29 year olds said they watched TV every day. Instead the research found that 52% of Internet users who live with their families go online F ____ several times a week and 51% of parents browse the web with their children.

Some analysts have worried that new technologies hurt families, but we see that technology allows for new kinds of connectedness built around cell phones and the Internet/ said the report.

  1. than any other group

  2. watching television

  3. in the company of someone else

  4. than two computers in the home

  5. communicated with their families

  6. helping them communicate

  7. owning a mobile

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

4

7

2

3

Task 4

The Power of ‘Hello’ 

I work at a company where there are hundreds of employees. I know most of them and almost all of them know me. It is all based on one simple principle: I believe every single person deserves to be acknowledged, A ______ .

When I was about 10 years old, I was walking down the street with my mother. She stopped to speak to Mr. Lee. I knew I could see Mr. Lee any time around the neighborhood, В ______ .

After we passed Mr. Lee, my mother said something that has stuck with me from that day until now. She said, ‘You let that be the last time you ever walk by somebody and not open up your mouth to speak, because even a dog can wag its tail С______ . That phrase sounds simple, but it has been a guidepost for me and the foundation of who I am. I started to see that when I spoke to someone, they spoke back. And that felt good. It is not just something I believe in — D ______ . I believe that every person deserves to feel someone acknowledges their presence, no matter how unimportant they may be.

At work, I always used to say ‘hello’ to the founder of the company and ask him how our business was doing. But I was also speaking to the people in the cafe, and asked how their children were doing. I remembered after a few years of passing by the founder, I had the courage to ask him for a meeting. We had a great talk.

At a certain point, I asked him E ______ . He said, ‘If you want to, you can get all the way to this seat.’ I have become vice president, but that has not changed the way I approach people. I speak to everyone I see, no matter where I am. I have learned that speaking to people creates a pathway into their world, F ______ .

  1. it has become a way of life.

  2. when it passes you on the street.

  3. when you see him and talk to him.

  4. and it lets them come into mine, too.

  5. so I did not pay any attention to him.

  6. however small or simple the greeting is.

  7. how far he thought I could go in his company.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

2

1

7

4

Task 5

Friendship and Love

 A strong friendship takes a significant amount of time to develop. It will not just magically mature overnight. A friendship involves committing oneself to help another person A ______ . I believe that, nothing can replace a true friend, not material objects, or money, and definitely not a boy.

I met this guy a couple summers ago who I ended up spending almost all of my free time with. His parents did not approve of our dating because of our age difference, В ______ . He had told me the day we met that he had joined the air force and would leave for overseas that coming October. After three months had past, the time came when he had to leave. This left me feeling completely alone.

I turned to my friends for support, but to my surprise, С ______ . I had spent so much time with this guy and so little time with them, that they did not feel sorry for me when he left. For so long they had become the only constant in my life, and I had taken them for granted over something D ______ .

When my boyfriend came back, our relationship changed. I tried to fix all the aspects in my life that had gone so wrong in the previous six months.

This experience taught me that true friendships will only survive if one puts forth effort to make them last. Keeping friends close will guarantee that E ______ . When a relationship falls apart, a friend will always do everything in their power to make everything less painful. As for me, I try to keep my friends as close as I can. I know they will always support me in whatever I do, and to them, I F ______ .

  1. but we did anyway.

  2. whenever a need arises.

  3. they did not really care.

  4. whenever they need your help.

  5. could not guarantee would even last.

  6. am eternally grateful for a second chance.

  7. someone will always have a shoulder to cry on.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

3

5

7

6

Task 6

Mobile phones

 On New Year’s Day, 1985, Michael Harrison phoned his father, Sir Ernest, to wish him a happy new year. Sir Ernest was chairman of Racal Electronics, the owner of Vodafone, A ______ .

At the time, mobile phones weighed almost a kilogram, cost several thousand pounds and provided only 20 minutes talktime. The networks themselves were small; Vodafone had just a dozen masts covering London. Nobody had any idea of the huge potential of wireless communication and the dramatic impact В ______ .

Hardly anyone believed there would come a day when mobile phones were so popular С ______ .But in 1999 one mobile phone was sold in the UK every four seconds, and by 2004 there were more mobile phones in the UK than people. The boom was a result of increased competition which pushed prices lower and created innovations in the way that mobiles were sold.

When the government introduced more competition, companies started cutting prices to attract more customers. Cellnet, for example, changed its prices, D ______ . It also introduced local call tariffs.

The way that handsets themselves were marketed was also changing and it was Finland’s Nokia who made E ______ . In the late 1990s Nokia realized that the mobile phone was a fashion item: so it offered interchangeable covers which allowed you to customize and personalize your handset.

The mobile phone industry has spent the later part of the past decade reducing its monthly charge F ______ , which has culminated in the fight between the iPhone and a succession of touch screen rivals.

  1. trying to persuade people to do more with their phones than just call and text

  2. that there would be more phones in the UK than there are people

  3. and relying instead on actual call charges

  4. that mobile phones would have over the next quarter century

  5. the leap from phones as technology to phones as fashion items

  6. and his son was making the first-ever mobile phone call in the UK

  7. the move to digital technology, connecting machines to wireless networks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

2

1

5

3

Task 7

London Zoo

 London Zoo is one of the most important zoos in the world. There are over 12,000 animals at London Zoo and A ______ ! Its main concern is to breed threatened animals in captivity. This means we might be able to restock the wild, should disaster ever befall the wild population.

Partula Snail, Red Crowned Crane, Arabian Oryx, Golden Lion Tamarin, Persian Leopard, Asiatic Lion and Sumatran Tiger are just some of the species London Zoo is helping to save.

That is why it is so important that we fight to preserve the habitats that these animals live in, as well as eliminate other dangers В ______ . But we aim to make your day at London Zoo a fun and memorable time, С ______ .

In the Ambika Paul Children’s Zoo, for instance, youngsters can learn a new love and appreciation for animals D ______ . They can also learn how to care for favourite pets in the Pet Care Centre.

Then there are numerous special Highlight events E ______ unforgettable pony rides to feeding times and spectacular animal displays. You will get to meet keepers and ask them what you are interested in about the animals they care for, F ______ .

Whatever you decide, you will have a great day. We have left no stone unturned to make sure you do!

  1. such as hunting exotic animals and selling furs

  2. as well as the ins and outs of being a keeper at London Zoo

  3. which take place every day, from

  4. because they see and touch them close up

  5. despite the serious side to our work

  6. which demand much time and effort

  7. that is not counting every ant in the colony

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

4

3

2

Task 8

‘Second Stonehenge’ discovered near original

 Archaeologists have discovered evidence of what they believe was a second Stonehenge located a little more than a mile away from the world-famous prehistoric monument.

The new find on the west bank of the river Avon has been called «Bluestonehenge», after the colour of the 25 Welsh stones of A______.

Excavations at the site have suggested there was once a stone circle 10 metres in diameter and surrounded by a henge — a ditch with an external bank, according to the project director, Professor Mike Parker Pearson, of the University of Sheffield.

The stones at the site were removed thousands of years ago but the sizes of the holes in B ______ indicate that this was a circle of bluestones, brought from the Preseli mountains of Wales, 150 miles away.

The standing stones marked the end of the avenue C _____, a 1¾-mile long processional route constructed at the end of the Stone Age. The outer henge around the stones was built about 2400BC but arrowheads found in the stone circle indicate the stones were put up as much as 500 years earlier.

Parker Pearson said his team was waiting for results of radiocarbon dating D _____ whether stones currently in the inner circle of Stonehenge were originally located at the other riverside construction.

Pearson said: «The big, big question is when these stones were erected and when they were removed — and when we get the dating evidence we can answer both those questions.»

He added: «We speculated in the past E ______ at the end of the avenue near the river. But we were completely unprepared to discover that there was an entire stone circle. Another team member, Professor Julian Thomas, said the discovery indicated F______was central to the religious lives of the people who built Stonehenge. «Old theories about Stonehenge that do not explain the evident significance of the river will have to be rethought,» he said. Dr Josh Pollard, project co-director from the University of Bristol, described the discovery as «incredible».

  1. which could reveal

  2. which they stood

  3. which it was once made up

  4. that this stretch of the river Avon

  5. that there might have been something

  6. that it should be considered as integral part

  7. that leads from the river Avon to Stonehenge

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

1

5

4

Task 9

Australia

 Australia was the last great landmass to be discovered by the Europeans. The continent they eventually discovered had already been inhabited for tens of thousands of years.

Australia is an island continent A _____ is the result of gradual changes wrought over millions of years.

B ____, Australia is one of the most stable land masses, and for about 100 million years has been free of the forces that have given rise to huge mountain ranges elsewhere.

From the east coast a narrow, fertile strip merges into the greatly eroded Great Dividing Range, C ____.

The mountains are merely reminders of the mighty range, D ____. Only in the section straddling the New South Wales border with Victoria and in Tasmania, are they high enough to have winter snow.

West of the range of the country becomes increasingly flat and dry. The endless flatness is broken only by salt lakes, occasional mysterious protuberances and some mountains E ____. In places the scant vegetation is sufficient to allow some grazing. However, much of the Australian outback is a barren land of harsh stone deserts and dry lakes.

The extreme north of Australia, the Top End, is a tropical area within the monsoon belt. F ____, it comes in more or less one short, sharp burst. This has prevented the Top End from becoming seriously productive area.

  1. that once stood here

  2. that is almost continent long

  3. whose property is situated to the north of Tasmania

  4. whose landscape — much of bleak and inhospitable

  5. whose beauty reminds of the MacDonald Ranges

  6. Although its annual rainfall looks adequate on paper

  7. Although there is still seismic activity in the eastern highland area

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

2

1

5

6

Task 10

Scotland Yard

 Scotland Yard is the headquarters of the Metropolitan Police in London. To most people, its name immediately brings to mind the picture of a detective — cool, efficient, ready to track down any criminal, or a helmeted police constable — A____ and trusty helper of every traveller from overseas.

Scotland Yard is situated on the Thames Embankment close to the Houses of Parliament and the familiar clock tower of Big Ben, and its jurisdiction extends over 740 square miles with the exception of the ancient City of London, B____.

One of the most successful developments in Scotland Yard’s crime detection and emergency service has been the “999 system”. On receipt of a call the 999 Room operator ascertains by electronic device the position of the nearest available police car, C ____. Almost instantly a message is also sent by teleprinter to the police station concerned so that within seconds of a call for assistance being received, a police car is on its way to the scene. An old-established section of the Metropolitan police is the Mounted Branch, with its strength of about 200 horses stabled at strategic points. These horses are particularly suited to ceremonial occasions, D ____.

An interesting branch of Scotland Yard is the branch of Police Dogs, first used as an experiment in 1939. Now these dogs are an important part of the Force. One dog, for example, can search a warehouse in ten minutes, E ____.

There is also the River Police, or Thames Division, which deals with all crimes occurring within its river boundaries.

There are two other departments of Scotland Yard – the Witness Room (known as the Rogues’ Gallery) where a photographic record of known and suspected criminals is kept, and the Museum, F ____.

  1. which is contacted by radio

  2. that familiar figure of the London scene

  3. for they are accustomed to military bands

  4. which possesses its own separate police force

  5. which contains murder relics and forgery exhibits

  6. that this policeman will bring the criminal to justice

  7. whereas the same search would take six men an hour

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

1

3

7

5

Task 11

Harry Potter course for university students 

Students of Durham University are being given the chance to sign up to what is thought to be the UK’s first course focusing on the world of Harry Potter. Although every English-speaking person in the world knows about Harry Potter books and films, few have thought of using them as a guide to … modern life.

The Durham University module uses the works of JK Rowling A ______ modern society. “Harry Potter and the Age of Illusion” will be available for study next year. So far about 80 undergraduates have signed В ______ a BA degree in Education Studies. Future educationalists will analyse JK Rowling’s fanfiction from various points of view.

A university spokesman said: “This module places the Harry Potter novels in a wider social and cultural context.” He added that a number of themes would be explored, С ______ the classroom, bullying, friendship and solidarity and the ideals of and good citizenship.

The module was created by the head of the Department of Education at Durham University. He said the idea for the new module had appeared in response D ______ body: “It seeks to place the series in its wider social and cultural context and will explore some fundamental issues E ______ . You just need to read the academic writing which started F ______ that Harry Potter is worthy of serious study.”

  1. up for the optional module, part of

  2. to emerge four or five years ago to see

  3. to examine prejudice, citizenship and bullying in

  4. such as the response of the writer

  5. including the world of rituals, prejudice and intolerance in

  6. to growing demand from the student

  7. such as the moral universe of the school

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

5

6

7

2

Task 12

Laughing and evolution

 The first hoots of laughter from an ancient ancestor of humans could be heard at least 10 million years ago, according to the results of a new study. Researchers used recordings of apes and babies being tickled A ______ to the last common ancestor that humans shared with the modern great apes, which include chimpanzees, gorillas and orangutans.

The finding challenges the opinion В ______ , suggesting instead that it emerged long before humans split from the evolutionary path that led to our primate cousins, between 10m and 16m years ago.

“In humans, laughing can be the strongest way of expressing how much we are enjoying ourselves, but it can also be used in other contexts, like making fun of someone,” said Marina Davila Ross, a psychologist at Portsmouth University. “I was interested in С ______ .”

Davila Ross travelled to seven zoos around Europe and visited a wildlife reserve in Sabah, Borneo, to record baby and juvenile apes D ______ . Great apes are known to make noises that are similar to laughter when they are excited and while they are playing with each other.

Davila Ross collected recordings of laughter from 21 chimps, gorillas, orangutans and bonobos and added recordings of three babies that were tickled to make them laugh.

To analyze the recordings, the team put them into a computer program. “Our evolutionary tree based on these acoustic recordings alone showed E ______ , but furthest from orangutans, with gorillas somewhere in the middle.” said Davila Ross. “What this shows is strong evidence to suggest F ______ .”

  1. whether laughing emerged earlier on than humans did

  2. to create the evolutionary tree linking humans and apes

  3. that laughter is a uniquely human trait

  4. that humans were closest to chimps and bonobos

  5. that laughing comes from a common primate ancestor

  6. while their caretakers tickled them

  7. to trace the origin of laughter back

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

1

6

4

5

Task 13

Nenets culture affected by global warming

 For 1,000 years the indigenous Nenets people have migrated along the 450-mile- long Yamal peninsula in northern Russia. In summer they wander northwards, taking their reindeer with them. In winter they return southwards.

But this remote region of north-west Siberia is now being affected by global warming. Traditionally the Nenets travel across the frozen River Ob in November A ___ around Nadym. These days, though, this annual winter migration is delayed. Last year the Nenets, together with many thousands of reindeer, had to wait until late December В ____ .

“Our reindeer were hungry. There wasn’t enough food,” Jakov Japtik, a Nenets reindeer herder, said. “The snow is melting sooner, quicker and faster than before. In spring it’s difficult for the reindeer to pull the sledges. They get tired,” Japtik said.

Herders say that the peninsula’s weather is increasingly unpredictable — with unseasonal snowstorms  С ___, and milder longer autumns. In winter, temperatures used to go down to -50°C. Now they are normally around -30°C, according to Japtik. “Obviously we prefer -30°C. But the changes aren’t good for the reindeer D ___,” he said, setting off on his sledge to round up his reindeer herd.

Even here, in one of the most remote parts of the planet, E __ . Last year the Nenets arrived at a regular summer camping spot and discovered that half of their lake had disappeared. The water had drained away after a landslide. The Nenets report other curious changes — there are fewer mosquitoes and a strange increase in flies. Scientists say there is unmistakable evidence F ___ .

  1. when the ice was finally thick enough to cross

  2. that the impact on Russia would be disastrous

  3. the environment is under pressure

  4. and in the end what is good for the reindeer is good for us

  5. and set up their camps in the southern forests

  6. that Yamal’s ancient permafrost is melting

  7. when the reindeer give birth in May

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

7

4

3

6

Task 14

Duration of life and its social implications

The world’s population is about to reach a landmark of huge social and economic importance, when the proportion of the global population over 65 outnumbers children under 5 for the first time. A new report by the US census bureau shows A____ , with enormous consequences for both rich and poor nations.

The rate of growth will shoot up in the next couple of years. The В ___ a combination of the high birth rates after the Second World War and more recent improvements in health that are bringing down death rates at older ages. Separate UN forecasts predict that the global population will be more than nine billion by 2050.

The US census bureau was the first to sound the С ___ . Its latest forecasts warn governments and international bodies that this change in population structure will bring widespread challenges at every level of human organization, starting with the structure of the family, which will be transformed as people live longer. This will in turn place new burdens on careers and social services providers, D ___ for health services and pensions systems.

“People are living longer and, in some parts of the world, healthier lives,” the authors conclude. “This represents one of the greatest achievements of the last century but also a significant challenge E ___ population.”

Ageing will put pressure on societies at all levels. One way of measuring that is to look at the older dependency ratio, F ___ that must be supported by them. The ODR is the number of people aged 65 and over for every 100 people aged 20 to 64. It varies widely, from just six in Kenya to 33 in Italy and Japan. The UK has an ODR of 26, and the US has 21.

  1. which recently replaced Italy as the world’s oldest major country

  2. alarm about these changes

  3. a huge shift towards an ageing population

  4. change is due to

  5. while patterns of work and retirement will have huge implications

  6. which shows the balance between working-age people and the older

  7. as proportions of older people increase in most countries

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

5

7

6

Task 15

Elephants sense ‘danger’ clothes

 St Andrews University researchers discovered that elephants could recognise the degree of danger posed by various groups of individuals. The study found that African elephants always reacted with fear A ______ previously worn by men of the Maasai tribe. They are known to demonstrate their courage by В ______ .

The elephants also responded aggressively to red clothing, which defines traditional Maasai dress.

However, the elephants showed a much milder reaction to clothing previously worn by the Kamba people, С ______ and pose little threat.

The researchers first presented elephants with clean, red clothing and with red clothing that had been worn for five days by D ______ .

They revealed that Maasai-smelt clothing motivated elephants to travel significantly faster in the first minute after they moved away.

They then investigated whether elephants could also use the colour of clothing as a cue to classify a potential threat and found the elephants reacted with aggression E ______ . This suggested that they associated the colour red with the Maasai.

The researchers believe the distinction in the elephants’ emotional reaction to smell and colour might be explained by F ______ . They might be able to distinguish among different human groups according to the level of risk they posed.

«We regard this experiment as just a start to investigating precisely how elephants ‘see the world’, and it may be that their abilities will turn out to equal or exceed those of our closer relatives, the monkeys and apes,» researchers added.

  1. either a Maasai or a Kamba man

  2. who do not hunt elephants

  3. when they detected the smell of clothes

  4. who carried out the research

  5. the amount of risk they sense

  6. spearing elephants

  7. when they spotted red but not white cloth

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

1

7

5

Task 16

Culture and customs

 In less than twenty years, the mobile telephone has gone from being rare, expensive equipment of the business elite to a pervasive, low-cost personal item. In many countries, mobile telephones A ___ ; in the U.S., 50 per cent of children have mobile telephones. In many young adults’ households it has supplanted the land-line telephone. The mobile phone is В ___ , such as North Korea.

Paul Levinson in his 2004 book Cellphone argues that by looking back through history we can find many precursors to the idea of people simultaneously walking and talking on a mobile phone. Mobile phones are the next extension in portable media, that now can be С ___ into one device. Levinson highlights that as the only mammal to use only two out of our four limbs to walk, we are left two hands free D ___ — like talking on a mobile phone.

Levinson writes that “Intelligence and inventiveness, applied to our need to communicate regardless of where we may be, led logically and eventually to telephones that we E ___ .”

Given the high levels of societal mobile telephone service penetration, it is a key means for people F ___ . The SMS feature spawned the «texting» sub-culture. In December 1993, the first person-to-person SMS text message was transmitted in Finland. Currently, texting is the most widely-used data service; 1.8 billion users generated $80 billion of revenue in 2006.

  1. to perform other actions

  2. outnumber traditional telephones

  3. to communicate with each other

  4. combined with the Internet

  5. to serve basic needs

  6. banned in some countries

  7. carry in our pockets

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

1

7

5

Task 17

My Stage

 My family moved to Rockaway, New Jersey in the summer of 1978. It was there that my dreams of stardom began.

I was nine years old. Heather Lambrix lived next door, and she and I became best friends. I thought she was so lucky A ___ . She took tap and jazz and got to wear cool costumes with bright sequences and makeup and perform on stage. I went to all of her recitals and В ___ .

My living room and sometimes the garage were my stage. I belonged to a cast of four, which consisted of Heather, my two younger sisters, Lisa and Faith, and I. Since I was the oldest and the bossiest, I was the director. Heather came with her own costumes С ___ . We choreographed most of our dance numbers as we went along. Poor Faith … we would throw her around D ___ . She was only about four or five … and so agile. We danced around in our bathing suits to audiocassettes and records from all the Broadway musicals. We’d put a small piece of plywood on the living room carpet, E ___ . And I would imitate her in my sneakers on the linoleum in the hall. I was a dancer in the making.

My dad eventually converted a part of our basement into a small theater. He hung two “spotlights” and a sheet for a curtain. We performed dance numbers to tunes like “One” and “The Music and the Mirror” from A Chorus Line. I sang all the songs from Annie. I loved to sing, F ___. I just loved to sing. So I belted out songs like “Tomorrow”, “Maybe” and “What I Did For Love.” I knew then, this is what I wanted to do with my life.

  1. like she was a rag doll

  2. whether I was good at it or not

  3. wished I, too, could be on stage

  4. and I designed the rest

  5. and I was star struck

  6. so Heather could do her tap routine

  7. because she got to go to dance lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

3

4

1

6

2

Task 18

Cat’s punctuality

 Sergeant Podge, a Norwegian Forest Cat, disappears from his owner’s home in a small town in Kent, every night. But what baffles his owner, Liz Bullard, mostly is the fact that the next morning, the 12-year-old cat always pops up in exactly the same place, A ___ . And every morning Ms. Bullard takes her son to school before collecting Sergeant Podge.

She said that the routine had set in earlier this year, when Sergeant Podge disappeared one day. Ms. Bullard spent hours telephoning her neighbours В ___ .

An elderly woman living about one and a half miles away called back to inform Ms. Bullard that she had found a cat matching Sergeant Podge’s description. Ms. Bullard picked him up but within days he vanished from sight again. She rang the elderly woman С ___ .

She said a routine has now become established, where each morning she takes her son to school before driving to collect Sergeant Podge D ___ .

It is thought Sergeant Podge walks across a golf course every night to reach his destination.

Ms. Bullard said: “If it’s raining he may be in the bush but he comes running if I clap my hands.” All she has to do is open the car passenger door from the inside for Sergeant Podge to jump in.

Ms. Bullard also makes the trip at weekends and during school holidays — E ___ .

She does not know why, after 12 years, Sergeant Podge has begun the routine but explained that another woman who lived nearby used to feed him sardines, and that he may be F ___ .

His owner doesn’t mind his wandering off at night as long as she knows where to collect him.

  1. on the look-out for more treats

  2. from the pavement between 0800 and 0815 GMT

  3. to discover Sergeant Podge was back outside her home

  4. on a pavement about one and a half miles (2.4km) away

  5. to identify if anyone had bumped into him

  6. when her son is having a lie-in

  7. collected by car every morning

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

5

3

2

6

1

Task 19

Do you speak English?

When I arrived in England I thought I knew English. After I’d been here an hour I realized that I did not understand one word. In the first week I picked up a tolerable working knowledge of the language and the next seven years convinced me gradually but thoroughly that I A ______ , let alone perfectly. This is sad. My only consolation being that nobody speaks English perfectly.

Remember that those five hundred words an average Englishman uses are B ______ . You may learn another five hundred and another five thousand and yet another fifty thousand and still you may come across a further fifty thousand C ______ .

If you live here long enough you will find out to your greatest amazement that the adjective nice is not the only adjective the language possesses, in spite of the fact that D ______ . You can say that the weather is nice, a restaurant is nice, Mr. Soandso is nice, Mrs. Soandso’s clothes are nice, you had a nice time, E ______ .

Then you have to decide on your accent. The easiest way to give the impression of having a good accent or no foreign accent at all is to hold an unlit pipe in your mouth, to mutter between your teeth and finish all your sentences with the question: “isn’t it?” People will not understand much, but they are accustomed to that and they will get a F ______ .

  1. whatever it costs

  2. most excellent impression

  3. you have never heard of before, and nobody else either

  4. in the first three years you do not need to learn or use any other adjectives

  5. would never know it really well

  6. far from being the whole vocabulary of the language

  7. and all this

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

3

4

7

2

Task 20

Before the Hubble Space Telescope was launched, scientists thought they knew the universe. They were wrong.

The Hubble Space Telescope has changed many scientists’ view of the universe. The telescope is named after American astronomer Edwin Hubble, A ______ .

He established that many galaxies exist and developed the first system for their classifications.

In many ways, Hubble is like any other telescope. It simply gathers light. It is roughly the size of a large school bus. What makes Hubble special is not what it is, B ______ .

Hubble was launched in 1990 from the “Discovery” space shuttle and it is about 350 miles above our planet, C ______ .

It is far from the glare of city lights, it doesn’t have to look through the air, D ______ .

And what a view it is! Hubble is so powerful it could spot a fly on the moon. Yet in an average orbit, it uses the same amount of energy as 28100-watt light bulbs. Hubble pictures require no film. The telescope takes digital images E ______ .

Hubble has snapped photos of storms on Saturn and exploding stars. Hubble doesn’t just focus on our solar system. It also peers into our galaxy and beyond. Many Hubble photos show the stars that make up the Milky Way galaxy. A galaxy is a city of stars.

Hubble cannot take pictures of the sun or other very bright objects, because doing so could “fry” the telescope’s instruments, but it can detect infrared and ultra violet light F ______ .

Some of the sights of our solar system that Hubble has glimpsed may even change the number of planets in it.

  1. which is above Earth’s atmosphere.

  2. which are transmitted to scientists on Earth.

  3. which is invisible to the human eye.

  4. who calculated the speed at which galaxies move.

  5. so it has a clear view of space.

  6. because many stars are in clouds of gas.

  7. but where it is.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

5

2

3

Task 21

The science of sound, or acoustics, as it is often called, has been made over radically within a comparatively short space of time. Not so long ago the lectures on sound in colleges and high schools dealt chiefly with the vibrations of such things as the air columns in organ pipes. Nowadays, however, thanks chiefly to a number of electronic instruments engineers can study sounds as effectively A ____ . The result has been a new approach to research in sound. Scientists have been able to make far-reaching discoveries in many fields of acoustics B _____ .

Foremost among the instruments that have revolutionized the study of acoustics are electronic sound-level meters also known as sound meters and sound-intensity meters. These are effective devices that first convert sound waves into weak electric signals, then amplify the signals through electronic means C ______ . The intensity of a sound is measured in units called decibels. “Zero” sound is the faintest sound D ______ . The decibel measures the ratio of the intensity of a given sound to the standard “zero” sound. The decibel scale ranges from 0 to 130. An intensity of 130 decibels is perceived not only as a sound, but also E ______ . The normal range of painlessly audible sounds for the average human ear is about 120 decibels. For forms of life other than ourselves, the range can be quite different.

The ordinary sound meter measures the intensity of a given sound, rather than its actual loudness. Under most conditions, however, it is a quite good indicator of loudness. Probably the loudest known noise ever heard by human ears was that of the explosive eruption in August, 1883, of the volcano of Krakatoa in the East Indies. No electronic sound meters, of course, were in existence then, but physicists estimate that the sound at its source must have had an intensity of 190 decibels, F ______ .

  1. and finally measure them.

  2. since it was heard 3,000 miles away.

  3. and they have been able to put many of these discoveries to practical use.

  4. that loud sound is of high intensity.

  5. as they study mechanical forces.

  6. as a painful sensation in the ear.

  7. that the unaided human ear can detect.

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 22

Chocolate 

Chocolate is made from a number of raw and processed foods produced from the seeds of tropical cacao trees. Cacao has been cultivated in A ______ at least 3000 years. For most of this time it was made into a drink called, in translation — “bitter water”. This is because В ______ to be fermented to develop a palatable flavour. After fermentation the beans are dried and roasted and the shell is removed to produce cacao nibs. These are then ground and liquefied into chocolate liquor. The liquor is then processed into cocoa solids or cocoa butter. Pure chocolate contains primarily cocoa solids and butter in different proportions. Much of С ______ with added sugar. Milk chocolate is sweetened chocolate that additionally contains either milk powder or condensed milk. White chocolate on the other D ______ is therefore not a true chocolate. Chocolate contains theobromine and phenethylamine which have physiological effects on the body. It is similar to serotonin levels in the brain. Scientists claim E ______ , can lower blood pressure. Recently, dark chocolate has also been promoted for its health benefits. But pet owners should remember that the presence of theobromine makes it toxic to cats and dogs. Chocolate is now one F______ , although 16 of the top 20 chocolate consuming countries are in Europe. Also interesting is that 66% of world chocolate is consumed between meals.

  1. the chocolate consumed today is made

  2. that chocolate, eaten in moderation

  3. central and southern America for

  4. of the world’s most popular flavours

  5. hand contains no cocoa solids and

  6. cacao seeds are intensely bitter and have

  7. many countries worldwide at

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

1

5

2

4

Task 23

Reality TV

 Reality TV seems to dominate broadcasting these days. But what is it, how did it emerge and why on earth is it so popular? The first question is easily answered. Reality TV A ______ presents unscripted, dramatic or humorous situations or events. It can involve celebrities В ______ of the public. Reality TV has been gradually growing in importance for over 60 years. “Candid Camera” — the show that filmed ordinary people reacting to set ups and pranks — started in 1948. Some people, however, believe it was the Japanese with their awful shows in the 1980s and 90s that brought reality TV to centre stage. Others believe С ______ that is called “Big Brother” was the show that spawned the reality TV age. But why are the shows so popular? Different theories come to life. Some believe that it is D ______ we like to watch horrible behaviour: the same instinct that once inspired the ancient Romans to go and watch gladiators destroy each other at the Coliseum. Others suggest a kind of voyeurism is involved there — an unhealthy curiosity to spy on other people’s lives.

Whatever the real reason — the trend seems to have already peaked. A lot of such shows E ______ or are expected to go in the near future. And the replacement seems to be talents shows — watching competitions in dance, singing and general entertainment. Does it mean that people are changing? It is too early to say. Most agree that these F ______ .

  1. due to basic human instinct that

  2. is still early to judge

  3. are simply the cycles of fashion

  4. but more usually the stars are members

  5. that the television phenomenon

  6. is a type of programme that

  7. seem to have disappeared

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

1

7

3

Task 24

Mikhail Lomonosov and Moscow State University

 Mikhail Lomonosov was one of the intellectual titans of XVIII century. His interests ranged from history, rhetoric, art and poetry A ______ . Alexander Pushkin described him as В ______ , whose lifelong passion was learning.

Lomonosov’s activity is a manifestation of the enormous potential of the Russian scientific community. Peter I reformed Russia, which allowed the country to reach the standard of С ______ many spheres. Great importance was placed on education. St. Petersburg Academy of Sciences, founded by Peter I, established a university and a grammar school to educate intellectuals and researchers the country needed; however, these educational establishments could not fulfill the task they took on. It was Michail Lomonosov D ______ of establishing a university in Moscow. An influential courtier and the E ______ Count Shuvalov supported Lomonosov’s plans for a new university and presented them to the Empress.

In 1755, on 25 January-St. Tatiana’s Day according to the Russian Orthodox Church calendar — Elizaveta signed the decree that a university should be founded in Moscow. The opening ceremony took place on 26 April, when Elizaveta’s coronation day was celebrated. Since 1755 25 January and 26 April F ______ Moscow University; the annual conference where students present the results of their research work is traditionally held in April.

  1. who suggested in his letter to Count Shuvalov the idea

  2. to mechanics, chemistry and mineralogy

  3. a person of formidable willpower and keen scientific mind

  4. favourite of Empress Elizaveta Petrovna, the patron of arts and science

  5. the contemporary European powers in

  6. are marked by special events and festivities at

  7. famous among all educated people

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

3

5

1

4

6

Task 25

Window Shopping

 The day would be spent with my best friends Kath and Kate. We are actually three Catherines (by birth spelt with a C), A______ we are all K’s: Kat (that’s me), Kath and Kate — the 3K Window Shopping gang!

Window shopping is simply wonderful. You can look at any outfit. You can try on В ______ not a single item on sale for which the price is a problem. You will try something on, ponder, pout, twirl, think hard, check yourself in the mirror one last time and finally reflect С ______ right for you! The highlight of this regular adventure however, is generally the 3K chocolate and ice cream break in the Shopping Centre’s top floor cafii Of course we do not believe that we are wasting anyone’s time. We do D ______ as well, but a reliable equation for us is — 3Ks + shopping mall = a good time.

But E ______ out to be especially memorable. One of the stores had a questionnaire lottery with the first prize being a voucher worth £200. We filled in the question forms while in the cafiiand returned to the store by their 2.00pm deadline. Kate won the first prize but we had decided in advance that if any of us won something, we would share equally: All for one К and one for all! At this point our morning of window shopping paid off. We completed F ______ slightly less than 10 minutes: three skirts, three hats and three belts and three very OK, K’s.

  1. not like to spend our time

  2. that it’s probably not quite

  3. that particular day turned

  4. our real shopping in

  5. sometimes go shopping for real

  6. anything you want and there is

  7. but when we are together

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

2

5

3

4

Task 26

The Hotel

 “Have you stayed with us before sir?” asked the receptionist. His accent sounded middle-European; Czech possibly or Polish. Actually I hadn’t stayed at this particular hotel before A ______ to many others from the same chain that I had stayed at. “No — first time” I replied with unnecessary brevity. The thing is I always feel В ______ rather than treated as an individual. Every word that I was about to hear, I had heard before — delivered no doubt from the depths of a tourism and hospitality course. “Welcome to Newcastle sir. Is this your first visit to our city? Can I trouble you to complete this form? Actually the first two lines and the signature at the bottom will do. Would you like С ______ , Sir? This will automatically unlock room facilities like mini-bar and telephone and any other extras you may require. Can I see your passport sir?” The questions and information D ______ responses were actually required and I handed over my passport, credit card and partly filled out form. I was tempted to write under name and address “Donald Duck, Duck Towers, Disney Street” — E ______ ever read the form again. But being a creature of habit I wrote my real name and address. While my card was being processed I looked across the reception area through the wall height windows to the beautiful River Tyne. A wave of nostalgia came over me. It was good to be back. I found myself thinking about her again and wondering F ______ a voice broke in: “It’s a plastic key card sir. You also need it to activate the lift and when you get to your room, plug it into the switch on the left as you open the door. It will automatically supply electricity to the room. Any help with your baggage? No? Then enjoy your stay”. The accomplished young Pole smiled as he delivered the final command and duly processed, I proceeded to the card activated lift.

  1. me to take a print of your credit card

  2. points poured out smoothly, no verbal

  3. if I would even see her when

  4. although it seemed virtually identical

  5. so sure was I that nobody would

  6. me to help you with your luggage

  7. as if I am being processed like a product

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

7

1

2

5

3

5

Task 27

Lindsay Wildlife Museum

 Lindsay Wildlife Museum is a unique natural history and environmental education centre where visitors can listen to the cry of a red-tailed hawk, go eye-to-eye with a grey fox and watch a bald eagle eat lunch. More than fifty species of native California animals are on exhibit here.

 Thousands of school children learn about the natural environment in their classrooms A ____ of the museum. Nature- and science- oriented classes and trips are offered for adults and children. More than 600 volunteers help to feed and care for wild animals, В _____. Volunteers are active in the museum’s work, contributing С ____.

 The museum was founded by a local businessman, Alexander Lindsay. Sandy, as friends knew him, started teaching neighborhood children about nature in the early 1950s. Initially housed in an elementary school, the museum began offering school-aged children summer classes, D ____.

 After nearly a decade of the museum operation, it became apparent E ____. With a new 5,000 square-foot home, the museum could now develop and display a permanent collection of live, native wildlife and natural history objects. People came to the museum for help with wild animals F ___ urban growth. In response, a formal wildlife rehabilitation programme — the first of its kind in the United States of America — began in 1970.

  1. that a permanent, year-round site was necessary

  2. as well as field trips focused on the natural world

  3. many hours of service to wildlife care and fundraising

  4. that had been injured or orphaned because of intense

  5. that needed public attention and a new building

  6. as well as teach children and adults about nature

  7. through education programmes and on-site tours

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

6

3

2

1

4

Task 28

America’s fun place on America’s main street

 If any city were considered a part of every citizen in the United States, it would be Washington, DC. To many, the Old Post Office Pavilion serves A ____. If you are in the area, be a part of it all by visiting us — or В ____. Doing so will keep you aware of the latest musical events, great happenings and international dining, to say the least.

Originally built in 1899, the Old Post Office Pavilion embodied the modern spirit С ____. Today, our architecture and spirit of innovation continues to evolve and thrive. And, thanks to forward-thinking people, you can now stroll through the Old Post Office Pavilion and experience both D ____ with international food, eclectic shopping and musical events. All designed to entertain lunch, mid-day and after work audiences all week long.

A highlight of the Old Post Office Pavilion is its 315-foot Clock Tower. Offering a breath-taking view of the city, National Park Service Rangers give free Clock Tower tours every day! Individuals and large tour groups are all welcome. The Old Post Office Clock Tower also proudly houses the official United States Bells of Congress, a gift from England E ____. The Washington Ringing Society sounds the Bells of Congress every Thursday evening and on special occasions.

Visit the Old Post Office Pavilion, right on Pennsylvania Avenue between the White House and the Capitol. It is a great opportunity F ____, this is a landmark not to be missed no matter your age.

  1. that are offered to the visitors

  2. its glamorous past and fun-filled present

  3. as a landmark reminder of wonderful experiences

  4. by joining our e-community

  5. that was sweeping the country

  6. celebrating the end of the Revolutionary War

  7. to learn more about American history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

5

2

6

7

Task 29

Number of teenagers with Saturday job drops

 The number of teenagers with Saturday jobs has dropped. Young people do not acquire any experience for their CVs — a crucial step towards getting full-time work. The proportion of teenagers combining part-time jobs with school or college has slumped from 40% in the 1990s to around 20% now, according to the UK Commission for Employment and Skills (UKCES), a government agency. Latest figures show that only A ____ in 1997.

The trend is not just recession-related, but the result of an increasing expectation В ____ well as a falling number of Saturday jobs, according to the report. Many of the jobs that young people do, such as bar work, are in long-term decline, and are forecast to decline further over the next decade.

«Recruiters place significant emphasis on experience С ____,» the report says. Word of mouth is the most common way to get a job, D _____ young people are unable to build up informal contacts, it adds.

Ms. Todd, a commissioner at the UKCES, said: «There’s more emphasis on doing well at school, young people are finding less time to do what they would have done a few years ago.» «I think it’s also the changing structure of the labour market. Retail is still a big employer, E ____. As a consequence, we need to think about how we get young people the work experience they need.»

A new initiative to send employees into state schools to talk about their careers was also launched recently. The scheme, Inspiring the Future, is meant to give state schoolchildren access to the kind of careers advice that private schools offer. The deputy prime minister said: «The power of making connections F ____ and can be life-changing.»

  1. that it was researching the system of funding education after 16

  2. 260,000 teenagers have a Saturday job compared with 435,000

  3. but young people are leaving education increasingly less experienced

  4. that inspire young people is immeasurable

  5. but an increasing shortage of work experience means

  6. that young people should stay on at school, as

  7. but a lot more of it is being done online

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

3

5

7

4

Task 30

Lots of fun in Cardiff

 As you would expect of a capital city, Cardiff offers a huge choice of exciting sport and entertainment throughout the year.

Every March the city celebrates St. David, Wales’ patron saint, with parades and music. August sees the International Festival of Street Entertainment, with the heart of the city A ____. Family fun days in the parks and at the waterfront are part of this sensational summer scene. Brass and military bands are often to be seen on Cardiff s streets. Between May and October the world’s only seagoing paddle steamer cruises from Cardiff’s seaside resort.

In autumn the fun continues with Cardiff s Festival of the Arts В _____. Music is at the centre of the festival, with international stars С ____. Christmas in Cardiff is full of colour and festivities. The truly spectacular Christmas illuminations have earned Cardiff the title of «Christmas City». And there is entertainment for all the family, D ____.

There is always something happening in Cardiff. The BBC National Orchestra of Wales and Welsh National Opera can both be heard here. Cardiff previews many London «West End» shows E _____.

The city’s range of accommodation facilities is truly impressive, F ____. And with a city as compact as Cardiff there are places to stay in all price brackets.

  1. from international names to family-run guest houses

  2. joining some of Wales’ most talented musicians

  3. having their summer holidays in Cardiff

  4. that usually attract hundreds of theatre lovers

  5. which features music, film, literature and graphics

  6. from pantomimes to Christmas tree celebrations

  7. beating with dance and theatrical performances

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

5

2

6

4

1

Task 31

Changing image

 For more than 200 years Madame Tussaud’s has been attracting tourists from all over the world and it remains just as popular as it ever was. There are many reasons for this enduring success, but at the heart of it all is good, old-fashioned curiosity.

Madame Tussaud’s original concept has entered a brand new era of interactive entertainment A _____. Today’s visitors are sent on a breathtaking journey in black cabs through hundreds of years of the past. They have a unique chance to see the great legends of history, В _____ of politics.

Much of the figure construction technique follows the traditional pattern, beginning whenever possible with the subject С _____ and personal characteristics. The surprising likeliness of the wax portraits also owes much to many stars D _____, either by providing their stage clothes, or simply giving useful advice.

The museum continues constantly to add figures E ____ popularity. The attraction also continues to expand globally with established international branches in New York, Hong Kong, Amsterdam and many other cities. And they all have the same rich mix of interaction, authenticity and local appeal.

The museum provides a stimulating and educational environment for schoolchildren. Its specialists are working together with practicing teachers and educational advisors to create different programmes of activities, F ____.

  1. as well as resources on art, technology and drama

  2. as well as the idols of popular music and the icons

  3. who is sitting to determine exact measurements

  4. ranging from special effects to fully animated figures

  5. ranging from all kinds of souvenirs to sports equipment

  6. that reflect contemporary public opinion and celebrity

  7. who are eager to help in any possible way they can

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

3

7

6

1

Task 32

Saturday jobs: memories of weekend working

 Research has shown a sharp fall in the number of teenagers who do Saturday jobs. It seems such a shame — my Saturday job as a kitchen porter was something of a rite of passage. I’ll never forget long hours A _____, scouring grease off huge saucepans and griddles. Working atmosphere there helped me grow a thicker skin, develop quicker banter and, most importantly, taught me the value of hard work. It also resulted in a steady supply of cash, В ____. I’m not the only one who has strong memories of weekend work. DJ Trevor Nelson said everyone should be able to have a Saturday job: «It taught me a lot, С ____.»

The link between the type of Saturday job a celebrity performed and their later career is sometimes obvious. Dragon’s Den star and businessman Peter Jones, for example, showed early promise by starting his own business. «I passed my Lawn Tennis Association coaching exam, D ____,» he explains. «At the start I was coaching other kids, E ____, for which I could charge £25-30 an hour. While my friends on milk rounds were getting £35 a week, I was doing five hours on a Saturday and earning four times as much.»

Skier Chemmy Alcott got a job working for the Good Ski Guide, on the advertising side. «It became clear to me what my personal value to companies could be. It led directly to me finding my head sponsor … and it offered me an eight-year contract. That gave me the financial backing F ____.»

As part of its response to the Saturday job statistics, the UK Commission for Employment and Skills said a lack of early work opportunities makes it harder for young people to acquire experience for their СVs.

  1. and things would be different if everyone was given the chance

  2. which let me know he approved of me

  3. and I persuaded my local club to let me use a court on Saturdays

  4. which I needed to become a professional skier

  5. which I would happily spend as I liked

  6. that I spent in the kitchen of a busy country pub in East Sussex

  7. but soon I got adults wanting to book lessons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

1

3

7

4

Task 33

Orient Express

 In the early 1860s, trains were the preferred way to travel. They weren’t particularly comfortable, however, until American engineer George Mortimer Pullman decided to make trains more luxurious.

By the late 1860s, trains furnished not only sleeping cars, but kitchen and dining facilities, where A _____. This was innovative for the time, and was aimed to encourage people В _____. The first of these Pullman trains in England ran from London to Brighton and used electricity for illumination.

In 1881, another railway entrepreneur, George Nagelmacker, introduced the use of a restaurant car onboard, and the first Orient Express train service was begun. Running from Paris to Romania the route included Strasbourg, Vienna, Budapest and Bucharest.

Thanks to the 12 mile Simplon Tunnel, С _____, the Orient Express expanded, including a route to Istanbul, and the legendary romance of the Orient Express was in full swing.

Everyone in the social register, including royalty, chose to travel on the wheels of that luxury hotel D _____ in wealthy surroundings. Legends, stories, and intrigue surrounded those trips to exotic places, and those famous people E _____.

Unfortunately, during World War II this luxury travel was closed for the most part, and later, after the war, F ____ to start it again. Within the next few years airplane travel became popular, and train passenger service declined.

  1. elegant meals were served to passengers

  2. to use trains for long distance travel and vacations

  3. who rode the train

  4. who wrote about it

  5. which connected Switzerland and Italy

  6. that served dishes and wines

  7. there was no money

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

2

5

6

3

7

Task 34

Arizona’s world class cruise

 Spectacular Canyon Lake is situated in the heart of the Superstition Mountains in Arizona, giving home to the Dolly Steamboat. The Dolly Steamboat, A ____, now cruises the secluded inner waterways of this beautiful lake. It is worth exploring this favourite destination of President Theodore Roosevelt who declared, «The Apache Trail and surrounding area combines the grandeur of the Alps, the glory of the Rockies, the magnificence of the Grand Canyon and then adds something В ____.» You will marvel as you travel up to the national forest, which provides the most inspiring and beautiful panorama С ____. Every trip brings new discoveries of rock formations, geological history, and the flora and fauna distinct to the deserts of Arizona.

Once aboard the Dolly Steamboat, you may view the majestic desert big horn sheep, bald eagles and a host bird of other wildlife, water fowl, D ____. Experience the unique sound harmony that is created by the waters of Canyon Lake. Stretch out and relax at one of the tables or stand next to the railings on the deck. There is plenty of leg room on the Dolly. You will get a unique chance to listen to the captain E ____.

All the passengers are treated with outstanding service and personal attention to every need. Feel free to ask questions, move about and mingle with the crew. So enjoy an unforgettable vacation cruise and see F ____ ,like a ride on Arizona’s Dolly Steamboat.

  1. that nature has ever created in the wild

  2. that none of the others have

  3. hovering over the magnificent lake

  4. who retells the legends of the mysterious past

  5. for yourself why there is nothing quite

  6. who pays much attention to children’s safety

  7. continuing a tradition of cruising since 1925

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

2

1

3

4

5

Task 35

US Congress

 The Congress of the United States of America is an important part of the US federal government.

It is an assembly of elected representatives A ____ but not to select the chief executive of the nation; that individual is elected by the people.

Congress is not a single organization; it is a vast and complex collection of organizations B ____ and through which members of Congress form alliances.

C ____, in which political parties are the only important kind of organization, parties are only one of many important units in Congress.

In fact other organizations have grown in number D ____.

The Democrats and Republicans in the House and the Senate are organized by party leaders, E ____ within the House and Senate. The party structure is essentially the same in the House as in the Senate, though the titles of various posts are different.

But leadership carries more power in the House than in the Senate because of the House rules. F _____, the House must restrict debate and schedule its business with great care; thus leaders who do the scheduling and who determine how the rules shall be applied usually have substantial influence.

  1. as party influence has declined

  2. against the spirit of the Constitution

  3. being so large (435 members)

  4. empowered to make laws

  5. unlike the British Parliament

  6. by which the business of Congress is carried on

  7. who in turn are elected by the full party membership

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

5

1

7

3

Task 36

The Trailblazers

 In the early 1800s, the area that would become the western United States was completely undeveloped.

Explorers, hunters, traders, and settlers had to blaze their own trails. A____ to move possessions and supplies became common place.

Manifest Destiny was the belief that Americans had a God-given right to take over the continent. As they moved west, settlers used this policy B_____ to new people and territories.

Trails increased trade opportunities between western and eastern regions, and the U.S. economy prospered C_____ on each other for goods.

To achieve Manifest Destiny, the United States purchased land from other countries or conquered territory D_____ until its borders stretched from coast to coast.

More than one-half million people chose to travel West on trails between 1800 and 1870, E_____.

As new technology spread across the West, however, the use of trails came to an end. The railroads built thousands of miles of tracks, and, F ____, a cheap, relatively safe, and quick way to transport people and supplies to western areas existed.

  1. to spread U.S. ideas and government

  2. for the first time in history

  3. thus replacing them forever

  4. as territories became interdependent

  5. the use of covered wagons

  6. by taking land from Native peoples

  7. forming the largest mass migration in history

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

1

4

6

7

2

Task 37

A Young Mayor

 This is a very unusual case, but as you will see, unusual doesn’t mean impossible.

An 18-year-old school girl has become the youngest mayor of a British town in history. Amanda Bracebridge, A_____, won leadership of Clun village council in a dramatic election last night. The tiny village only has 122 voters and Amanda won the election by just two votes from the only other candidate, 69-year-old Fred Gardner of the Conservative party. Amanda, B _____, was an independent candidate. She was surprised by her success, C _____. “My election promise was to make sure D _____,” she told us. She was referring to the plans from a large company to buy up farmland and build flats there. “We live in one of the most beautiful villages in Shropshire and I want to make sure it stays that way.”

Amanda, who is in her last year at nearby Bishop’s Castle High School, E _____ and her exams which she takes in two months. “It’s going to be a pretty busy few months,” she said. “But when the exams are over I will be able to concentrate completely on helping my village”.

Amanda had plans to go to university but is now going to start a year later F _____. “I’ve talked to Leeds University and they say my place will wait for me”. And what is she going to study? Politics? “No, actually, I am going to do sociology and economics”.

  1. who is not a member of any political party

  2. that our village would be protected from outside interests

  3. but it was not a total shock to her

  4. being a politics student at the university

  5. so she can do her job as mayor properly

  6. who is only just old enough to vote herself

  7. will have to find time for her work as mayor

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

1

3

2

7

5

Task 38

Is there enough to say?

 They only appeared about ten years ago but already they are everywhere, everyone’s got one. They are the wonder of the modern age — mobile phones, or cell phones, A ____. Apparently, mobile phones are now used by about 2.5 billion people worldwide, and about one billion new mobile phones are sold every year worldwide. Go back to 1997, and only 100 million were sold. As we can see, the mobile phone business B_____.

And the developments keep on coming. Once we could only make phone calls; now mobile phones C_____ and do many other useful things. Once we had to hold our mobile phones in our hand; now we can use throat microphones. What next? We are told that soon, tiny microphones will be implanted into our lips. We’ll be able to dial numbers just by saying them.

But surely we need to ask ourselves: What’s good about this? OK, we can talk to other people almost all the time now — but is that so great? Watch and listen to people when a plane has landed. Anxious D _____, dial a number, and then: “It’s me, I’m here. I’ll be there in twenty minutes.” Is this communication? Is this what all these years of technology have brought us to?

In the early days of communication there were letters. When they arrived at your house, you knew they had been delivered by a man E _____.

In those days, people would think very hard before they wrote a letter. You had to have a good reason to write — communication was serious. Now it’s not — people phone each other F ____. Once the phone was a way for people far away from each other to talk — now it’s just an excuse to talk.

  1. has been developed very quickly

  2. not understand why they are doing it for

  3. as Americans call them

  4. riding halfway across the country on a horse

  5. just because they can

  6. can also be used to take and send photos

  7. fingers immediately switch on the mobile phone

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

1

6

7

4

5

Task 39

Promoting language learning

 The European Union (EU) is committed to supporting the rights of its citizens to personal and professional mobility, and their ability to communicate with each other. It does so by A_____ to promote the teaching and learning of European languages. These programmes have at least one thing in common: they cover cross-border projects involving partners from two, and often three or more, EU countries.

The EU programmes are designed to complement the national education policies of member countries. Each government is responsible for its own national education policy, B_____. What the EU programmes do is to create links between countries and regions via joint projects, C____.

Since 2007 the main programmes have been put under the overall umbrella of the EU’s lifelong learning programme. All languages are eligible for support under this programme: official languages, regional, minority and migrant languages, D____. There are national information centres in each country, E_____.

The cultural programmes of the EU also promote linguistic and cultural diversity in a number of ways. The “Media” programme funds the dubbing and subtitling of European films for F ____. The “Culture” programme builds cross-cultural bridges by supporting the translation of modern authors into other EU languages.

  1. and the languages of the EU’s major trading partners

  2. which includes language teaching and learning

  3. cinemas and television in other EU countries

  4. which enhance the impact of language teaching and learning

  5. funding a number of educational programmes

  6. and encouraging people to learn new languages

  7. where details about the application procedures are given

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

4

1

7

3

Task 40

Starting your own business

What are the reasons for starting your own business? One of them is because you believe you are the best in that line or because you have a product or service that has never been offered to the market before. Another is that you are a person in a real hurry and cannot suffer the A_____ to reach your goals. Sometimes it is because you have an inheritance B_____ soon after you set up a business or that there already is a cash purse with loose strings and you want to make the best of this bonanza.

If your reasons are any or all of the above, abandon the thought right now and save yourself the disillusionment C____ into the world of commerce.

Start your own business just for the sake of doing a trade, or for D____. Do not burden yourself with lofty notions of superiority when compared to your peers. When setting out to start your own business, be emotional about it, but not impractical; don’t be led by your heart, but be dictated by your mind.

Having covered those parts that are not taught in a business school, let us look at E____ your own business. You should start with a SWOT analysis – strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats – analyze these for yourself, for partners in your business, if any, and for the business itself.

If the result of the analysis is encouraging, then prepare a business plan. It is like a road map for actions in the near foreseeable future to achieve your business goals. Finally, execute the business plan with precision; tweak it as you go along, only so that it helps to meet the end goal of successfully F_____ the business.

  1. the essentials of starting

  2. that awaits when you step

  3. trials and tribulations of employment

  4. establishing and conducting

  5. preparing a business plan

  6. waiting to be acquired

  7. undertaking the commercial activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

2

7

1

4

Task 41

Archaeology done underwater

 Nautical archaeology is the science of finding, collecting, preserving, and studying human objects that have become lost or buried under water. It is a fairly modern field of study since it depends on having the technology to be able to remain underwater for some time to do real work. Whether it is conducted in freshwater or in the sea, A____, nautical archaeology is another way of learning more about the human past.

Although some use the words nautical archaeology to mean a specialized branch of underwater archaeology, B____, most consider the term to mean the same as the words underwater archaeology or marine

archaeology. All of these interchangeable terms mean simply C_____.

Once real trade began, it is safe to say D_____ was probably transported over water at some point in time. By studying submerged objects, we can learn more about past human cultures. In fact, studying ancient artifacts is the only way to learn anything about human societies E_____. Being able to examine the actual objects made and used by ancient people not only adds to the written records they left behind, but allows us to get much closer to the reality of what life was like when they lived. Also, if we pay close attention to how the objects were made and used, we begin to get a more realistic picture of F_____.

  1. that existed long before the invention of writing

  2. that nearly every object made by humans

  3. what those people were really like

  4. which is concerned only with ships and the history of seafaring

  5. that it is the study of archaeology done underwater

  6. and whether it finds sunken ships or old cities

  7. and what was discovered underwater

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

5

2

1

3

Task 42

Visiting the Royal Parks

 London has a well-deserved reputation as one of the greenest cities in Europe, with a huge number of open spaces across the center of the city. Tourists A_____ can always relax in a lovely, quiet London park.

The Royal Parks, such as St James’s, Green Park, the Regent’s Park, Hyde Park, Richmond, Greenwich, Bushy Park and Kensington Gardens, are beautifully maintained and popular with locals and visitors alike. Many are former hunting estates of English monarchs, preserved as open space B______. They are ideal places to relax and sunbathe in summer, enjoy gorgeous flower beds in spring C_____.

The Royal Parks provide fantastic green routes in London D______ and through some of the most attractive areas of the capital. Picnics in the parks are also a popular activity especially during the busy summer months.

Dogs are welcome in all the Royal Parks, although there are some places E_____. These are clearly indicated within each park and are usually ecologically sensitive sites, children’s play areas, restaurants, cafes and some sports areas. Ground nesting birds are particularly sensitive to disturbance by dogs and people. So it is necessary to observe the warning signs F____. In Bushy Park and Richmond Park dogs should be kept away from the deer.

The Royal Parks are for everyone to enjoy.

  1. that are displayed during the nesting season

  2. while the city has grown up around them

  3. and admire the changing leaves as autumn arrives

  4. where they are not allowed or should be kept on a lead

  5. who are tired of the noise, crowds and excitement of sightseeing

  6. who does not know the route to the place of destination

  7. that take cyclists away from traffic

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

2

3

7

4

1

Task 43

The Survival of the Welsh Language

 Wales is a small country of just over 3 million people, on the north west seaboard of Europe. Despite many historical incursions of other peoples, particularly the English, it has preserved its ancient Celtic language, A_____. Welsh is habitually spoken by about 10% of the people, half understood by a further 10%, and not spoken at all by the majority in this ‘bilingual’ society.

Up to the First World War most people were Welsh speaking, especially in the mountains of North Wales. The English-speaking areas were along the more fertile coastal plains. On the whole there was an easy tolerance of the two languages, B______.

By 1919 there was a considerable drop in Welsh speakers. This was due to the large flows of capital investment from England into the South Wales coalfield, C_____.

Now, D_____, commerce and everyday business were carried out in English.

In the rural mountain areas 80% to 85% of the population were Welsh speakers, E ____. However, in the coalfield country of Glamorgan 70% spoke English only, and in its neighbour border county the figure was over 90%.

By 1931 the number of people able to speak Welsh in the whole of Wales had fallen to 37% of the population, F ____. It continued to drop and reached its lowest – 18.6% — in the 1990s. But by the start of the 21st century, numbers had begun to increase again and reached 21.7% in 2004!

  1. as well as education and the law

  2. the only one of a number of allied languages that remain

  3. with radio and the English press further speeding the decline

  4. many being able to speak Welsh only

  5. where Welsh was studied as language and literature in an academic manner

  6. apart from the fact that Welsh was not permitted to be used at all in the schools

  7. bringing a flood of immigrant labour from all over Britain

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

7

1

4

3

Task 44

Secrets of Long Life

 There are places in the world where people live longer than anywhere else. The remote Japanese island of Okinawa is one of these places. While the lifespan in Britain is 77 years for men and 81 for women, Okinawa has a population of about one million, of which 900 are centenarians — A_____ in Britain or the USA. So what is their secret of long life?

«The calendar may say they’re 80, but their body says they’re 60,» says Bradley Willcox, a scientist researching the extraordinary phenomenon. The research has shown hormonal differences between Okinawans and B____ but their longevity has been linked to diet. They eat more tofu and soya than any other people in the world and also enjoy a range of different fruit and vegetables, all rich in anti-oxidants. But the most significant thing isn’t what they eat but how much. The Okinawans C_____ known as ‘hara hachi bu’, which translates as ‘eat until you are only 80 % full’.

Scientists refer to this way of eating as ‘caloric restrictions’. No-one knows exactly why it works, but scientists believe it D_____ that there is the danger of famine. This in turn E_____ and so may lead to better preservation and slower aging.

«It’s a stark contrast with the cultural habits that drive food consumption in F____ » says Mr. Willcox. If we look at high streets and supermarkets in most other countries, you will see that he is right. Restaurants offer all-you-can-eat menus and supersize portions. Supermarkets are full of special offers encouraging us to buy more food than we need.

  1. make it a healthy diet

  2. other parts of the world

  3. four times higher than the average

  4. have a cultural tradition

  5. sends a signal to the body

  6. the rest of the population

  7. makes the body protect itself

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

4

5

7

2

Task 45

Beaches of Portugal

 Covering more than 850 km, the Portuguese coast boasts such a large number of fine, white sandy beaches that it is almost impossible to keep count. All bathed by the Atlantic Ocean and all different, their beauty is hard to describe, so there is nothing better A _____.

The most famous are in the Algarve. With three thousand hours of sun per year and warm waters, there are beaches to suit every taste and many dreamlike resorts. The choices are many, from sandy stretches extending as far as the eye can see B ______, the trade image of the region. They are always accompanied by a calm clear sea, C_____.

In Costa da Caparica, the beaches are particularly dear to Lisbonites D _____ for sun and sea bathing. There are deserted beaches here too, of a wild beauty, E ____ nature. In the centre, tourists will find very wide sandy stretches, to which traditional fishing adds a picturesque touch. And further north, the colder waters and the invigorating sea are tempered by the welcoming atmosphere and the clean air of the mountains and the forests.

Despite all their differences, all beaches share one thing – quality. They are safe and offer a wide range of support and recreational services, F ____. And a large number of Portuguese beaches are granted the European blue flag every year, a distinction that is a sign of their excellent conditions.

  1. where one can enjoy close contact with

  2. which meet every need of their users

  3. than to discover them once for oneself

  4. who has never been to this wonderful city

  5. which is ideal for various water sports

  6. to the smaller coves, sheltered by huge cliffs

  7. who have different options around the capital

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

7

1

2

Task 46

The Joy of Reading

 Have you ever wondered why people read? Why reading is one of the few things A _____ for thousands of years? Even before reading became available to the general public, stories were told around campfires, passed down from generation to generation.

First of all, stories are a good way to escape from your ordinary life, to get immersed in another world, if only for a little time. While reading, you can imagine yourself in different situations B _____, but in the moment that doesn’t matter. Whether you’re suffering from depression or are just bored, reading is a great distraction.

Similarly, another reason people are attracted to stories, is because they are lonely, very often they feel as if they are the only ones in the world C _____. Identifying with a fictional character can make a big difference in helping a person understand D _____.

Other people read because it can be a good way to relax. It can be very nice to sit down and enjoy a good plot unfold, to watch the actions of fictional characters from the side, and to see the consequences of these actions, E ____.

Lastly, people read because it is the easiest way to gain knowledge in a certain area. Instead of finding a teacher, you can just find a book, sit down, and spend a few hours reading. This way you can study wherever you want, whenever you want F _____.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. try to avoid the boredom of life

  2. that has consistently remained part of society

  3. that they are not alone

  4. going through something difficult

  5. without having to bear any responsibility

  6. that range from unlikely to impossible

  7. at your own pace

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

4

3

5

7

Task 47

Peter and Paul Fortress

 The Peter and Paul Fortress in St. Petersburg, located on small Hare Island, is the historic core of the city. The history of St. Petersburg begins with the history of the fortress.

Since 1700 Russia had been fighting the Northern War against Sweden. By 1703 the lands by the Neva River were conquered. To protect them from the attacks of the Swedes it was necessary to build a strong outpost here. The fortress was founded on Hare Island 16 (27) May, 1703 by joint plan of Peter I and French engineer Joseph-Gaspard Lambert de Guerin. This day is well known A____.

The fortress stretches from west to east with six bastions B____. The Peter’s Gate on the east side, C____, has remained since the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Cathedral, D____ emperors and the monument of Russian baroque, was completed after the death of the emperor, in 1733. The weathervane as a golden angel with a cross, E____, is one of the main symbols of the city. On the opposite side of the cathedral, there is the Mint building, constructed in the time of Paul I by architect A. Porto. Coinage was moved to the fortress F____ in the time of Peter I. The Peter and Paul Fortress has never directly participated in any fighting. From the very beginning of its existence it was used as a political prison. Since 1924 the Peter and Paul Fortress has been a part of the Museum of the History of St. Petersburg.

  1. as the day of the birth of St. Petersburg

  2. which was designed by D. Trezzini

  3. which was the burial place of Russian

  4. and reminding of the rich history of the city

  5. as the most protected part of the city

  6. which is located on the spire of the cathedral

  7. that are located at the corners

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

7

2

3

6

5

Task 48

Surviving in a Desert

 A desert is defined as a place that gets less than 250 mm of rain each year. It differs sharply from the climate of a rain forest, A _____.

Arid desert lands cover about one third of the earth’s surface. Most deserts are covered with sand, B _____. There are also usually a lot of rocky areas. This combination of sand and rock means that the soil is not very fertile. C ____, some living things are able to do well in this setting. Many plants have changed and developed in ways D____. These changes have become apparent in a number of ways. Some plants are able to grow very quickly E____. They turn green and produce flowers within just a few days. Other desert plants simply stop growing in very dry weather. They appear to be dead, but when the rain returns, they come back to life and begin growing again.

Desert animals have also developed many characteristics that help them to survive in arid environment. Camels can go for a very long time without drinking. Other animals, such as snakes and rats, find cool places to sleep during the day and come out only at night. The extremely long ears of desert rabbits help them F_____. Changes like these have allowed some animals and plants to grow and develop successfully in a very challenging ecological system: the desert.

There are countless books in the world, and whoever you are, whatever you’re feeling, there is definitely a book out there, just waiting for you to discover it.

  1. which is often in the form of hills called sand dunes

  2. whenever it rains

  3. to find water as far as 25 metres away

  4. which can receive up to 10,000 mm of rain annually

  5. to better distribute their body heat and stay cool

  6. even though the desert environment is very dry and hot

  7. that help them to live in the desert

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

6

7

2

5

Task 49

Nevsky Prospect

 Nevsky Prospect is the main and most famous street of St. Petersburg. The unique architectural ensemble of Nevsky Prospect was formed during the 18th – early 20th centuries. It starts from the bank of the Neva River, runs through the centre of the city and ends at the Neva River. The whole history of St. Petersburg can be seen in the history of the avenue. Nevsky Prospect is 4.5 km long and 25-60 m wide. The narrowest section is located from the Admiralty to the Moika River, A_____.

After the construction of the Admiralty in 1704 and the Alexander Nevsky Monastery in 1710, it was decided to build a road B_____ each other and with the Novgorod Path, which was used by Russian merchants. The construction began on both sides at the same time, the roads were laid through the wood, and in 1760s they were connected into one road, C_____, but with a turn at the Vosstaniya Square. Nevsky Prospect got its name only in 1783. The road was paved with cobble stones, D_____. It was the first street in St. Petersburg with gas lighting. By the early 20th century Nevsky Prospect had become the financial centre of Russia E____ had their offices there.

Nowadays, Nevsky Prospect is the centre of cultural and social life of St. Petersburg. There are museums, theatres, exhibition halls, cinemas, restaurants, cafés, shops F____.

  1. and hotels there or nearby the avenue

  2. showing the original width of the avenue

  3. which was not as straight as it was planned

  4. which were built by famous architects and

  5. connecting these two important structures with

  6. and a few rows of trees were planted along the street

  7. as the 40 largest banks of Russia, Europe and America

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

3

6

7

1

Task 50

Whales in a Noisy Ocean

Whales use sound in very different ways. Some whales produce songs that travel over vast distances. They also use echolocation, like bats, A _____. But other noise in the ocean creates a problem for the whales.

Since 1987, the International Fund for Animal Welfare (IFAW) has sent their research vessel Song of the Whale around the world B _____. During the travels, the Song of the Whale scientists have developed expertise C ____ to listen to and record the sounds that the animals make. Thishelps them to track, identify, and survey different species.

One of the threats facing whales and other marine animals is noise pollution in the seas, such as noise from drilling, military activities, oil exploration, and coastal construction. This noise can cause great distress to whales and dolphins and can D _____.

It is feared this noise pollution may cause mass strandings, E _____. If the Song of the Whale team can F ____, then hopefully the nature and location of disturbing noise can be changed.

  1. in using underwater microphones

  2. to locate food and find their way

  3. result in injury and even death

  4. track and identify their habitats

  5. to filter out food from the water

  6. to provide a platform for marine research

  7. when large numbers come ashore

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

3

7

4

Task 51

Unique nature of Kamchatka

Kamchatka is a peninsula located in the north-eastern part of Russia. It is surrounded with the Okhotskoye Sea, the Beringovo Sea and the Pacific Ocean. This region has a very unique environment A_____ one is looking for picturesque views, unforgettable travels and unity with nature.

Kamchatka is famous for its volcanoes, B_____. Volcanoes are represented on Petropavlovsk-Kamchatsky, the most eastern city in the northern hemisphere, coat of arms as well. There are more than 300 volcanoes

in Kamchatka, from 28 up to 36 of them are active, or potentially active. Kamchatka volcanoes are included in the list of the UNESCO World Heritage Sites.

The region is also known C____ — rivers and lakes. Many Kamchatka rivers spring from mountain tops and glaciers, that is why they are very clean, and it is wonderful for those D_____. In general, there are up to 14 thousand rivers and streams, 100 thousand lakes and 414 glaciers in Kamchatka.

Kamchatka is a home to the Valley of Geysers, E_____ geysers in the world, after Icelandic geyser fields. It is not easily accessible, as long as it is too unique to be opened for tourists all the time. The Valley of Geysers’ ecosystem is very vulnerable, F_____ and regulate the visiting. In fact, the larger part of Kamchatka is preserved. There are many nature reserves and nature parks in Kamchatka.

  1. which are depicted on most souvenirs there

  2. so it is necessary to monitor it all the time

  3. who love fishing, including Kamchatka bears

  4. which has the second largest concentration of

  5. to be a place of many water sources

  6. to be a popular nature reserve and health resort

  7. that makes it a place to visit when

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

7

1

5

3

4

2

Task 52

The life of Pi

 «The Life of Pi» published in 2001 is the third book by the Canadian author Yann Martel. It has A_____, won several prizes and been translated into forty-one languages.

At the start of the book, we B____ in India. His father owns the city zoo and the family home is in the zoo. When they aren’t at school, Pi and his brother help their father at the zoo and he learns a lot about animals.

When Pi is sixteen, his parents decide to close the zoo and move to Canada. They travel by ship taking the animals with them. On the way, there is C_____. Sadly, Pi’s family and the sailors all die in the storm, but Pi lives and finds himself in a lifeboat with a hyena, zebra, orangutan and an enormous tiger. At first, Pi is scared of the animals and jumps into the ocean. Then he remembers there are sharks in the water and decides to climb back into the lifeboat. One by one, the animals in the lifeboat kill and eat each other, till only Pi and the tiger are left alive. Luckily for Pi, there is D_____, but he soon needs to start catching fish. He feeds the tiger to stop it killing and eating him. He also uses a whistle and E_____ and show it that he’s the boss.

Pi and the tiger spend 227 days in the lifeboat. They live through terrible storms and the burning heat of the Pacific sun. They are often hungry and ill. Finally, they arrive at the coast of Mexico, but you will have to F_____ in the end!

  1. read the book to find out what happens

  2. some food and water on the lifeboat

  3. his knowledge of animals to control the tiger

  4. received an award for being strong

  5. sold seven million copies worldwide

  6. learn about Pi’s childhood in Pondicherry

  7. a terrible storm and the ship sinks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

6

7

2

3

1

Task 53

Santa Claus

The man we know as Santa Claus has a history all to his own. Today, he is thought of mainly as the jolly man in red, but his story A_____ the 3rd century to a monk named St. Nicholas. It is believed that Nicholas was born sometime around 280 AD in modern-day Turkey. Much admired for his kindness, St. Nicholas B_____. It is said that he gave away all of his inherited wealth and traveled the countryside helping the poor and sick. Over the course of many years, Nicholas’s popularity spread and he became known as the protector of children and sailors. His feast day C_____ his death, December 6. This was traditionally considered a lucky day to make large purchases or to get married. By the Renaissance, St. Nicholas was the most popular saint in Europe.

St. Nicholas first D______ at the end of the 18th century. The name Santa Claus evolved from a Dutch shortened form of Sint Nikolaas. As his popularity grew, Sinter Klaas was described as everything from a jocker with a blue three-cornered hat, red waistcoat, and yellow stockings to a man wearing a broad-brimmed hat and a huge pair of Flemish trousers.

In the 19th centuries big stores E_____ using images of the newly-popular Santa Claus. In 1841, thousands of children visited a Philadelphia shop to see a life-size Santa Claus model. It F_____ before stores began to attract children, and their parents, with the lure of a peek at the “real-life” Santa Claus with his famous white beard and red gown.

  1. began to advertise Christmas shopping

  2. became the subject of many legends

  3. began dressing up unemployed men in

  4. is celebrated on the anniversary of

  5. was only a matter of time

  6. stretches all the way back to

  7. appeared in American popular culture

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

2

4

7

1

5

Task 54

Welcome to the Smithsonian

When you visit any of the Smithsonian’s 19 museums and galleries or the National zoo, you are entering the largest museum complex in the world. This complex holds about 137 million unique objects in its trust for the American people.

The Smithsonian was established in 1846 with funds given to the United States by James Smithson, an English scientist. The main idea was to increase and spread knowledge for free. And now all Smithsonian institutions are still devoted to public education, A__________ history.

Ten Smithsonian museums and galleries are located in the centre of the U.S. capital. Six other museums and the National zoo are nearby in the Washington metropolitan area, B__________.

The 19th and the newest museum C__________ is the National Museum of African American history and culture. It is now operating in the form of a virtual museum. Its key feature is the memory book, D__________. These diverse memories are linked to each other and to the museum content, E__________.

The Smithsonian complex is home to the world’s foremost research centres in science, the arts and the humanities. Besides the basic research F__________, there are a number of special facilities. Conservation centre at the zoo studies rare and endangered species, environment centre carries out research in ecosystems in the coastal area.

  1. that is carried on regularly in each of the museums

  2. providing different materials in the arts, science and

  3. placing a spotlight on people and events in African American history

  4. that has been established within the Smithsonian complex

  5. which allows website visitors to upload their own stories or images

  6. and visitors can enjoy watching rare exhibits on

  7. and two museums are situated in New York City

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

4

5

3

1

Task 55

National Gallery of Art

 The National Gallery of Art was created in Washington D.C. for the people of the United States in 1937. It started with the gift of the financier and art collector A__________. His gift also included a building to house the new museum, to be constructed on the National Mall. Opened to the public in 1941, this grand building, B__________, was at the time the largest marble structure in the world.

The newly created National Gallery soon attracted similar gifts from hundreds of other collectors. This tradition of generosity continues to this day with gifts from private donors and artists C__________.

The gallery’s East building contains the collection of modern and contemporary painting, sculpture, D__________. The East and West buildings are connected by an underground tunnel with a moving walkway.

The National Gallery enjoys federal support, E__________, to fulfill its mission to exhibit and interpret great works of European and American art in the nation’s collection. Since its founding, federal funds have fostered the protection and care of the art collection and have supported the gallery’s work, ensuring F__________. Private funding helped to create a renowned collection of works of art and to construct the two landmark buildings. Private support makes possible to arrange a changing programme of special exhibitions.

  1. which is now called the West building

  2. that the gallery brings daily profit to the country

  3. who are willing to share their possessions with the public

  4. who presented old master paintings and sculptures to the country

  5. as well as partnership with private organizations

  6. that the gallery is open daily and free of charge

  7. as well as an advanced research centre and an art library

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

1

3

7

5

6

Task 56

Healthy school meals

Children at Southdown Infants School in Bath enjoy tasty homemade meals such as roast turkey with fresh vegetables, chicken, salad and fresh fruit for pudding. Vegetables are A ____________. Instead of crisps, chocolate and sweets, the school canteen serves organic carrots, dried fruit and fresh seasonal fruit in bags for 10p, B ______________.

Southdown’s healthy eating initiative began four years ago with the start of a breakfast club.

Now Ms Culley, the head teacher of the school, says that the teachers very clearly see the link between diet and concentration. “Children’s concentration and behaviour C ______________.” The teachers would also like to give the children the experience of eating together. It turned out that some children weren’t used to that.

Pupils are also encouraged to find out more about where their food comes from by  D ______________.

Parents are also involved and are invited in to try school dinners on special occasions, E _______________.

The efforts of staff, pupils and parents to create a healthy eating environment were recognized earlier this month F ______________ the Best School Dinner award.

Ms Culley said: “We are happy to win this award. Healthy eating is at the centre of everything we do. It’s really rewarding to see so many children enjoy real food.”

  1. such as Easter and Christmas

  2. visiting a local farm

  3. local, fresh and organic where possible

  4. provide good quality food

  5. definitely improve after a good meal

  6. and about 100 bags are sold each day

  7. when the school was awarded

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

6

5

2

1

7

Task 57

Walking is not enough to keep fit

Walking may not be enough on its own to produce significant health benefits, research suggests. A team from Canada’s University of Alberta compared a 10,000-step exercise programme with a more traditional fitness regime of moderate intensity. Researchers found improvements A _______ were significantly higher in the second group. They told an American College of Sports Medicine meeting that gentle exercise was B __________. In total 128 people took C _________. The researchers assessed influence on fitness by measuring blood pressure and lung capacity. They found out the 10,000-step programme did help to get people motivated – and was an excellent way to start D _________. But to increase the effectiveness, some intensity must be added to their exercise. “Across your day, while you are achieving those 10,000 steps, take 200 to 400 of them at a faster pace. You’ve got to do more than light exercise and include regular moderate activity, and don’t be shy to have an occasional period of time at an energetic level.” The researchers were concerned there was too much focus E __________, rather than on its intensity.

Professor Stuart Biddle, an expert in exercise science at the University of Loughborough, said it was possible that the current guidelines on how much exercise to take were set too low. “However, you have got to find F ____. The harder you make it, the fewer people will actually do it.” Professor Biddle said there was no doubt that energetic exercise was the way to get fit, but volume rather than intensity might be more useful in tackling issues such as obesity.

  1. part in the project

  2. taking exercise

  3. gave marked health benefits

  4. in fitness levels

  5. on simply getting people to take exercise

  6. not enough to get fit

  7. a compromise between physiology and psychology

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

6

1

2

5

7

Task 58

Double-decker Bus

A double-decker bus is a bus that has two levels. While double-decker long-distance buses are in widespread use around the world, A ____. Double-decker buses are popular in some European cities and in some parts of Asia, usually in former British colonies. Many towns around the world have a few that specialize in short sight-seeing tours for tourists because, as William Gladstone observed, «the way to see London is from the top of a ‘bus'».

Double-decker buses are taller than other buses. They are extensively used in the United Kingdom, B _____, removed from normal service in December 2005 — they still operate on heritage routes. Elsewhere in Europe, double-deckers are used throughout the Dublin Bus network in Ireland, where they are making a comeback on Dublin’s outer suburban routes and also the streets of Cork, Limerick, Galway and Waterford. They are a common sight in Berlin, where the BVG makes extensive use of them. Double-decker long-distance coaches are also in widespread use throughout Europe.

Most buses in Hong Kong and about half in Singapore are double-deckers as well. The only areas in North America that C _____ are the western Canadian province of British Columbia and the United States city of Las Vegas. They are currently being tested in Ottawa on the express routes. The city of Davis, California, in the United States uses vintage double-decker buses for public transport. Davis, California is also home to the first vintage double-decker bus converted from diesel gasoline to run on CNG. The city of Victoria, BC, the city of Vancouver, British Columbia, and a couple of others use Dennis Tridents. A few are also used as tour buses, especially in New York. Double-deckers are have also been used in Mumbai since 1937.

In Brazil, D _____, some companies use double-decker buses. Double-deckers are not a good option for use outside the towns (most roads in Brazil are in very poor condition), and E _____.

Double-decker buses are in widespread use in India in many of the major cities. Some double-decker buses F _____, with no roof and shallow sides. These are popular for sightseeing tours.

  1. double-deckers are adored by thousands of tourists

  2. use double-decker buses for public transport

  3. double-decker city buses are less common

  4. where perhaps the most famous was the London Routemaster

  5. their use is being discouraged by transportation authorities

  6. have an open upper deck

  7. where buses are sometimes the only interstate transport

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

4

2

7

5

6

Task 59

Natural Links In a Long Chain of Being

I believe we are not alone.

Even if I am on the other side of the world from the farmhouse I live in, I still dream of the ancient vines out the window, and the shed out back that my grandfather’s father built in 1870 with eucalyptus trunks. As long as I can recreate these images, A ____

All of us need some grounding in our modern world of constant moving, buying, selling, meeting and leaving. Some find constancy in religion, others in friends or community. But we need some daily signposts that we are not different, not better, B ____

For me, this house, farm, these ancient vines are those roots. Although I came into this world alone and will leave alone, I am not alone. 

There are ghosts of dozens of conversations in the hallways, stories I remember about buying new plows that now rust in the barnyard and ruined crops from the same vines C ____

All of us are natural links in a long chain of being, and that I need to know what time of day it is, what season is coming, whether the wind is blowing north or from the east, and if the moon is still full tomorrow night, D _____

The physical world around us constantly changes, E _____. We must struggle in our brief existence to find some transcendent meaning and so find relief in the knowledge F _____.

You may find that too boring, living with the past as present. I find it refreshing. There is an old answer to every new problem, that wise whispers of the past are with us. If we just listen and remember, we are not alone; we have been here before.

  1. I never quite leave home

  2. but human nature does not

  3. that we are now harvesting

  4. but we as well as our heart did not

  5. not worse than those who came before us

  6. just as the farmers who came before me did

  7. that our ancestors have gone through this before

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

5

3

6

2

7

Task 60

The Show Begins

My Uncle Jim took me to all the Broadway shows in New York City, and I was star struck! Actually he wasn’t my real uncle – that’s just what we called him. He was a close friend of my parents. He was a bit stocky with red hair, A _________.

I remember the theaters on Broadway, B __________. The curtains were made of this real heavy, dark red material. There were huge chandelier lights hanging from the ceiling. The walls were dark, paneled wood. The seats were red and cushy C __________.

The orchestra sat at the base of the stage in a pit. I usually went down to the front to see the musicians D __________. They were all crammed into such a tiny space. I played the flute myself and my dad kept encouraging me that if I kept it up, E ___________. But truly, I didn’t want to be tucked away down there. I wanted to be on top, front and center.

Most people dressed rather finely, and certain fragrances took center stage as various women passed by. The sounds of the audience F __________ at their seats were clearly heard while last minute patrons filled in. There was electricity in the air and then the lights would go down and up, and you knew it was time for the show to get started. The lights dimmed. The music began. And you were swept up into a whole new world. I loved it!

  1. I could be playing down there someday

  2. and set real close together

  3. which were so old and posh

  4. and he had a beard and moustache

  5. I wasn’t that good at music

  6. getting ready and warming up

  7. laughing and chattering away

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

3

2

6

1

7

Task 61

Scouting moves ahead

The Scout Movement, which is also known as the Boy Scouts has changed massively in more than 100 years, though many people do not realise this.

For many people in Britain the word “scouting” evokes images of boys in short trousers A__________. Many people imagine that the Scout Association and its female counterpart the Guides Association are old-fashioned. They think these associations are for people B__________ than the future, people who just like camping in the rain and washing in cold water.

It’s quite easy to understand why Scouts and Guides have this sort of image. The “Boy Scouts” were founded over 100 years ago by Robert Baden-Powell, a retired English army general; the “Girl Guides” followed three years later. They were organised in an almost military manner. Young people had to learn discipline and how to do things as a group. They C__________ in difficult conditions, learnt to make campfires and, yes, they certainly had to get used to washing in cold water. In those days though, that D__________ many people washed in cold water.

Nevertheless, even at the start, there was much more to scouting than that. Scouts and Guides also learned the value of solidarity. Right from the start, they had to cope with difficult situations, E__________, and play a useful part in society. Baden-Powell’s organisations were inclusive, and never exclusive; any young person could become a Scout or a Guide, regardless of race, background or religion.

Though the Scout and Guide movements began in England, they soon spread to other countries, and within 50 years, scouting F__________ with young people all over the world.

  1. who are more interested in the past

  2. and girls in blue uniforms

  3. that were generally better

  4. was not particularly unusual as

  5. went on camping expeditions

  6. interact with other people

  7. had become a popular activity

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

1

5

4

6

7

Task 62

Skip the sun, get a glow the healthy way

Everyone at some point has wanted a “healthy glow,” whether it’s a must-have for summer, or a vacation, the thought of tan skin has crossed the minds of millions. If you are pale, it A__________. There is wild excitement when after a day in the sun your skin is tan, not burnt. Surely everyone is familiar with the famous conversation upon the realization that you got fried at the beach. Your friends reassure you with “Don’t worry it B__________.” It may all seem like fun and games at the time, but alarming new research C__________.

Some tan-seekers do it the old-fashioned way, grab a towel and hit the pool or beach. Recently, millions of young girls D__________ instead. Regardless of how the tan is achieved, any change in skin coloring is evidence of skin cell damage. This can lead to cancer. According to the Skin Cancer Foundation, melanoma, or skin cancer, among people aged 18 to 39 has risen dramatically. In the United States the number of skin cancer cases due to tanning, is higher than the number of lung cancer cases due to smoking.

While it is true that being outside and active is great for your body and the sun does provide vitamin D, everyone’s health still needs protecting. However, it’s E__________, limit time spent in direct sunlight, between the hours of 10 a.m. and 4 p.m., and wear sunscreen at all times. A fashionable option is the sun hat: both elegant and fun. Big floppy hats may seem ridiculous at first, but F__________.

Another advice is to look into sunless tanners: They are cheap and in no way endanger the lives of users. So, fake it, don’t bake it!

  1. takes a lot of time and effort to tan

  2. have been turning to tanning beds

  3. they are actually quite classy accessories

  4. better to avoid indoor tanning

  5. have inspired people to get their skin checked

  6. will eventually turn into a tan

  7. has taken the healthy out of healthy glow

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

6

7

2

4

3

Task 63

Grant-making agency

The National Endowment for the Humanities (NEH) is an independent grant-making agency of the United States government. Established in 1965, it is one of the largest sources of grant funds for humanities projects and programs in the U.S. NEH promotes knowledge of the history, thought, and culture, not only of the United States, A__________.

NEH grants facilitate research and original scholarship, strengthen teaching and learning in the humanities in American schools and colleges, give opportunities for citizens to engage in lifelong learning, B__________.

The Endowment is directed by a chairman, C__________ and confirmed by the U.S. Senate for a term of four years. Advising the chairman is the National Council on the Humanities, a board of 26 distinguished private citizens D__________ with the advice of the Senate. The National Council members serve six-year terms.

NEH grants are typically awarded to U.S. cultural institutions, such as museums, archives, libraries, colleges, universities, and public television and radio stations, E__________. Eligibility is limited to U.S. non-profit institutions and to U.S. citizens and foreigners F__________ prior to the time of application. Grants are awarded through a competitive process. The chairman takes into account the advice provided by the review process and, by law, makes all funding decisions.

  1. who is appointed by the president

  2. but of other countries of the world

  3. but in every aspect of social sciences

  4. who are also appointed by the president

  5. who have been living in the U.S. for three years

  6. as well as to individual scholars of the humanities

  7. as well as provide access to cultural and educational resources

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

1

4

6

5

Task 64

The Bonfire Night

The 5th of November has always had a very special place in my heart. More important than New Year’s Eve, but probably less important than the Olympics ceremonies, the 5th of November every year is A __________ all over the country to go wild!

The night of the 5th is often cold and damp and parents wrap up their children in layers of jumpers, coats, hats, scarves and gloves. They fuss over the littlest B __________ aren’t scared. They comfort their pets and give them a safe place to curl up inside, away from the cacophony about to start outside.

Outside the bonfire is C __________ up your nose. If you’re lucky, there might be some pumpkin soup left over from Halloween to warm you up, because in spite of all the layers and the excitement, you’ll still need warming up until the bonfire gets going!

When it’s absolutely dark and the bonfire is blazing, the children and parents huddle together in groups, staring up at the sky. What are they waiting for? The screech of the first firework deafens them all and D __________. The “oohs” and “aaahs” of the crowd keep perfect time with the “kabooms” of the rockets. With every firework that lights up the sky, parents watch the delight grow on their children’s faces and sigh with relief.

After the grand finale, they make their way home with the noises still echoing in their ears. An extra special treat E __________! Waving them through the chilly air, spelling out names and drawing pictures, even the oldest members of the family remember how to be kids!

This is what the 5th of November means to me. Every year, it F __________ such bright and colourful fireworks and heard such loud bangs. I really hope I never grow out of it!

  1. differences in traditions

  2. children and hope that they

  3. the day for fireworks lovers

  4. the explosion lights up the sky

  5. feels like the first time I’ve seen

  6. waits at home though: sparklers

  7. lit and the smell of smoke creeps

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

2

7

4

6

5

Task 65

Earth-sheltered homes

Earth-sheltered or simply underground homes are one of those creations by man, which brings him closer to nature. Unlike the normal traditional houses that A __________, these earth-sheltered homes are built using the shelter of the ground. Earth-sheltered homes can be easily made in hilly areas.

The basic idea behind the construction of such a house is that they are built with the idea of B ________ and each of these homes is built entirely different from each other.

The construction of these homes is usually done according to the shape of the area where the house is built. Their designs C ________ to the nature. The early earth houses which were initially built lacked windows. Modern day earth-sheltered homes though have windows as well as any other facility that the people living there might require.

Some of the major benefits of earth-sheltered homes are that they are naturally insulating. This makes them cool in the summer and cozy and warm in the winter. Another advantage D __________ and are well protected from earthquakes as well as wind-storms. Many earth-sheltered homes are also defended against intruders since there is usually only one entry.

As everything has its pros and cons, earth-sheltered homes also do. The interior decoration of these homes, like placing the furniture or huge paintings, E __________. These homes also have dark spaces inside and for this reason, lots of lighting is essential.

Earth-sheltered homes are one of the greenest housing designs that combines Mother Nature with eco-friendly F __________.

  1. are built on the ground

  2. are usually very organic

  3. is being built facing south

  4. being environmentally friendly

  5. building materials and lifestyle

  6. is that these homes are safe from fire

  7. can be difficult due to the construction

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

1

4

2

6

7

5

Task 66

Australia

Australia is one of the world’s most ethnically diverse nations. Nearly a quarter of the people who live in Australia A __________. They come from the United Kingdom and other European countries, but also from China, Vietnam, North Africa, and the Middle East.

First people arrived in Australia about 50,000 years ago. They B __________ land bridges when sea levels were lower. The next to land in Australia were Dutch explorers. They came in 1606. In 1788 the British began to settle there. Many settlers C __________ as punishment. For a short time, the newcomers lived peacefully with the Aboriginal people.

In 1851, gold was discovered in Australia. A rush to find riches brought D __________ 1859, six separate colonies were created which later became part of the British Commonwealth.

Australian culture is founded on stories of battlers, bushrangers and brave soldiers. Today E __________ its Aboriginal heritage, vibrant mix of cultures, innovative ideas and a thriving ecosystem.

Australia’s ecosystem is an unusual one because of its remote location. As a result, there are F __________ and nowhere else in the world, such as kangaroo and koala.

One of Australia’s most amazing sites rises like an enormous whale’s back from a flat desert called the Red Center. It is a sacred natural formation at the heart of the country and the largest rock in the world!

  1. Australia is one of the most

  2. were born in other countries

  3. Australia also defines itself by

  4. many animal species that occur here

  5. may have travelled from Asia across

  6. thousands of new immigrants, and by

  7. were criminals sent to live in Australia

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

5

7

6

3

4

Task 67

Living nature in Madeira

Right in the middle of the Atlantic, the islands of Madeira and Porto Santo are a haven of natural beauty. The exotic colours of the flowers stand out from among the blue sea and the emerald green vegetation. This is an archipelago where the big territory is a protected area and A __________ is located.

The Madeira Natural Park was created in 1982 to preserve this vast natural heritage, a worldwide rarity. The park is classified as a Biogenetic Reserve, B __________, with some rare species such as the mountain orchid, unique in the world, and also some exotic large trees. To visit this park is to discover Nature! The park covers about two-thirds of the island, making Madeira a truly ecological destination.

The springtime temperature, C __________, cries out for open air activities. Visitors can go for a walk in the park, visit the city of Funchal or roam freely around the island. Boat rides are an excellent way of D __________. In such a naturally welcoming environment, balance and well-being are taken for granted. Madeira offers various tourist complexes E __________.

Popular feasts, F __________, are opportunities to appreciate traditional gastronomic flavours and see Madeira partying, especially for the Carnival parades, the Flower festival, the Atlantic festival and, above all, the end-of-year fireworks display.

  1. which is felt all year round

  2. which take place in Madeira all year round

  3. where the largest laurel forest in the world

  4. admiring the coastline from a different perspective

  5. where one can find a unique range of flora and fauna

  6. choosing this holiday destination for its natural beauty

  7. that have prime conditions for boating and scuba diving

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

1

4

7

2

Task 68

Wild animals in cities

Have you ever seen bears in Vancouver parks, leopards on the streets of Mumbai or wild pigs in gardens in Berlin? Recently, there A __________ on TV about big animals coming into towns and cities. What happens when wild animals come into our cities? Is it dangerous for us and the animals?

Wild animals usually come into cities to look for food. In Cape Town, South Africa, baboons sometimes come into the suburbs. They eat fruit from gardens and go into people’s kitchens and take food from cupboards and fridges! Baboons are B __________ children and fight with pet dogs. Many people do not like them, but the city can be dangerous for baboons too. Sometimes, baboons are C __________ human food can be very bad for their teeth. The city council in Cape Town has a team of Baboon Monitors whose job is to find baboons D ___________ to the countryside. This makes the city safer for people and is healthier for the baboons. However, the main problem is that a lot of baboons will come back to the city to find food again.

In Berlin, Germany, groups of wild pigs have come into the city for hundreds of years, but now the winters are warmer, there are even more pigs than in the past. Pigs eat flowers and plants and dig in gardens and parks in the city. They also E __________ accidents. Some city residents like the pigs and give them food. But the city council is worried about the traffic accidents, so they F __________ have put up fences to stop the pigs coming into the city.

  1. cause lots of problems

  2. in the city and take them back

  3. walk in the street and cause traffic

  4. hurt in car accidents and the sugar in

  5. strong animals and sometimes they scare

  6. have been many reports in newspapers and

  7. have told people to stop giving the pigs food and

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

5

4

2

3

7

Task 69

Europe’s best hidden gems

There are incredible destinations in Europe known worldwide, such as Amsterdam and its canals, London and its museums, its shopping and atmosphere, or Paris, the City of Light. Europe also has thousands of hidden treasures. There is a wide selection of the finest unknown destinations in Europe, from Lugano in Switzerland  A __________.

Lugano is an international city, the crossroads and melting pot of European culture. It constitutes one of the most interesting regions to be discovered. Lugano is not only Switzerland’s third most important financial centre,  B __________ old buildings.

The area of Cinque Terre in Italy represents one of the best preserved natural sights of the Mediterranean. Human activity has contributed to creating a unique landscape in which the development of typical stone walls is so extensive C __________. All this, D __________, makes the Cinque Terre an increasingly popular location among Italian and foreign tourists.

Sintra is a jewel set between the mountains and the sea, waiting to be discovered by tourists E __________, luxuriant nature and cosmopolitan cultural offer. Sintra has a wonderful charm that left a deep impression on the soul and work of the writers F __________. Sintra is truly the capital of Romanticism. It is a place to be experienced by everyone!

  1. but showed evidence of an early human housing

  2. to Cinque Terre in Italy and Sintra in Portugal

  3. as to equal that of the famous Great Wall of China

  4. but also a town of parks and flowers, villas and

  5. who want to be lost in its majestic historical heritage

  6. combined with the beauty of a crystal clear sea

  7. who pioneered the Romantic spirit in the eighteenth century

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

4

3

6

5

7

Task 70

Beautiful cities of Italy

The political and cultural centre of Italy is the ‘Eternal City’, Rome. Ever since the Roman Empire, as its capital, Rome has become famous as a centre of European culture. The most striking sights of Rome are, of course, the Colosseum and the Forum. Once the Colosseum was able to receive about 50 thousand spectators, A __________ and concert halls. The Pantheon, the old temple of all gods, B __________, is also located in Rome.

The second most important town in Italy is Milan. Milan is the capital of fashion and C __________, exhibitions and conferences. The main attraction of Milan is its Cathedral Square, where the monument to the King Victor Emmanuel II is installed. Theatre fans will not be left disappointed by visiting the Theatre of La Scala.

The most popular city among tourists is Venice. The city is unique because it has more than 120 islands, D __________ and 400 bridges. Venice has been known for more than fifteen hundred years, and for E __________. The main area of the city is Saint Mark’s Square with the Cathedral of San Marco. One of the most beautiful buildings in Venice is the Palace of Doges. The other famous attraction is the Grand Canal F______.

In addition to this, there are such beautiful cities in Italy as Naples, Turin, Florence, Genoa, Pisa and the islands of Sardinia and Sicily. All of them are outstanding places to visit.

  1. that is the largest in Venice

  2. which was built in the early I century

  3. that everyone is dreaming about this trip

  4. which is comparable with modern stadiums

  5. which are сonnected by more than 150 canals

  6. the venue for major international festivals

  7. that time it produced a lot of attractions

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

4

2

6

5

7

1

Task 71

City of fountains

 Peterhof is a monument of world architecture and palace and park art. Peterhof includes a palace and park ensemble of the 18-19th centuries, A__________. Peterhof is a city of fountains as it contains 173 fountains and 4 cascades B__________. Each year up to 3 million people come here to enjoy the splendour of numerous fountains and the unique parks of Peterhof.

The name Peterhof was first mentioned in 1705. It was a coastal manor, close to which the construction of a grand country residence began. The original plan belonged to Peter the Great. After the brilliant victory of Russian troops over the Swedes, security of St. Petersburg both from the land C__________. Since that time, the construction of the Peterhof residence grew immensely in scope.

According to the plan of Peter the Great, on the one hand, Peterhof was meant to be equal in splendour with the most famous royal residences in Europe, D__________ to access the Baltic Sea. Both were successfully done. The Great Palace was built on a natural hill here, E__________. Following the plan of Peter the Great, F__________, the Grand Cascade with the famous Samson fountain was constructed. This is still one of the most spectacular fountains in the world. In 1990 the palaces and parks of Peterhof were included in the list of the world heritage of UNESCO.

  1. and from the sea has been firmly ensured

  2. which is a former royal countryside residence

  3. who designs many royal residences in Europe

  4. and then rebuilt in the baroque style in the 18th century

  5. who wanted to decorate the main entrance with waterfalls

  6. that are located in the park on the coast of the Gulf of Finland

  7. and on the other hand, to become a monument of Russia’s struggle

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

6

1

7

4

5

Task 72

Sights of Sochi

 Sochi is unique among other Russian cities because it has many aspects of a subtropical resort. Apart from the scenic Caucasus Mountains, pebble and sand beaches, the city attracts tourists with its vegetation, numerous parks, monuments, and extravagant architecture. About two million people visit Greater Sochi each summer, A__________. The famous Caucasian Biosphere Reserve, B__________, lies just north from the city.

Popularity of Sochi among tourists is largely explained by the beauty of its surroundings. Walking along the river Agura, everyone will admire the nature around, C__________, and amazing waterfalls. From the bridge over the Agura opens a magnificent view to the lowest Agura waterfall. In the shady Agura gorge tourists will feel the gentle coolness, D__________.

Akhun Mountain the biggest in the region has a beautiful tower on the top. The height of the tower is more than 30 metres, E__________ are stunning. The observation platform on the top of the tower gives a chance to take superb pictures of the city. Every year thousands of people visit this stone tower, F__________ the perfect view of the Black Sea coast and the Caucasus Mountains. It is a truly unforgettable experience. Tourists will enjoy visiting all the sights and the resort itself, full of exotic green and the boundless blue of the Black Sea. 

  1. and the views that open from it

  2. which is built on the top to give visitors

  3. when the subtropical resort is almost empty

  4. which is a UNESCO World Heritage Site

  5. enjoying the sound of birds singing and waterfalls gurgling

  6. when the city is home to the annual film festival “Kinotavr”

  7. including high cliffs, exotic vegetation, breathtaking canyons

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

6

4

7

5

1

2

Task 73

Saint Petersburg

 A city of palaces and museums, broad avenues and narrow canals, St. Petersburg’s short history is rich in architectural and artistic treasures. Alongside world-famous attractions such as the Hermitage and St. Isaac’s Cathedral, the city has a lot of equally interesting buildings A__________. St. Petersburg is considered to be Russia’s cultural capital. It reflects the country’s extraordinary fate like no other city.

St. Petersburg is a relatively young city, by both Russian and European standards, as B__________. Despite its short life, the city has a rich history. From the early days of Peter the Great to modern times, the city has always bustled with life and intrigue.

Lying across the delta of the Neva River, St. Petersburg, the Venice of the North, is a city C__________, some of which are well-known for their unique history. Bridges are an essential part of the city’s architectural make-up. Among the city’s over 500 bridges, there are numerous technological masterpieces. The centre of the city offers vast areas of green space, D__________.

St. Petersburg is a beautiful and fascinating holiday destination and one E__________. Whether to visit the city in a romantic and snowy Russian winter F__________, visitors will be spellbound by 
St. Petersburg’s culture and beauty. 

  1. that is built on hundreds of islands

  2. or during the dazzling white nights in summer

  3. it was only founded in 1703 by Tsar Peter the Great

  4. or considering a variety of the trip accommodation offers

  5. that reveal the mysterious and tragic genius of St. Petersburg

  6. of the most intriguing and historically significant cities in Europe

  7. including beautiful historic gardens and extensive leisure parks

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

5

3

1

7

6

2

Task 74

State Hermitage Museum

 The Hermitage is St. Petersburg’s most popular visitor attraction, and one of the world’s largest and most prestigious museums. It is a must-see for all first-time travellers to the city. With over 3 million items in its collection, it also rewards repeat visits, A__________ of the riches on offer here, from Impressionist masterpieces to fascinating Oriental treasures. It was estimated B__________ on display for just one minute. So many visitors prefer a guided tour to ensure C__________ highlights. Art-lovers, however, may find it more rewarding to seek out for themselves the works D__________.

The bulk of the Hermitage collection is housed in the Winter Palace, E__________. However, there are a number of other sites that constitute part of the Hermitage, including the recently opened Storage Facility in the north of St. Petersburg. It offers guided tours through some of the museum’s vast stocks. The magnificent General Staff Building opposite the Winter Palace is most famous for its central triumphal arch, F__________ Nevsky Prospekt. The General Staff Building contains a number of unique exhibitions. It includes the Modern European Art, probably the most visited section of the Hermitage with well-known collections of Picasso and Matisse, as well as a wealth of popular Impressionist paintings. 

  1. that they are particularly interested in

  2. that they have time to catch all the collection’s

  3. and new-comers can only hope to get a brief taste

  4. which brings pedestrians out on to Palace Square from

  5. that one would need eleven years to view each exhibit

  6. which was the official residence of the Russian emperors

  7. and the exhibition was often visited by military historians

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

3

5

2

1

6

4

Task 75

Letniy Sad

 Letniy Sad (The Summer Garden) is a park ensemble, a monument of landscape art of the 18th century. Letniy Sad is the oldest park in St. Petersburg. The park was founded by Peter I in 1704. The Tsar dreamed of his own Versailles and drew its original plan himself. He planned to create a regular, architectural park with accurate layout and straight paths. Prominent architects and gardeners took part in its creation. The park was supposed to become a place of relaxation, A__________.

Letniy Sad is surrounded by water. Natural boundary of the park from the north and east are the Neva and Fontanka Rivers, B__________.

Peter I brought sculptures from Italy for the park and was very proud of them. In the 18th century there were more than two hundred sculptures, C__________, or moved to suburban royal residences and the Hermitage. Now Letniy Sad is decorated with 90 sculptures – copies made of artificial marble.

In May, 2012 Letniy Sad was opened after reconstruction. The reconstruction work had been going on for about three years, D__________ Letniy Sad as it was in the 18th century. Among the new items in Letniy Sad, there is the Archaeological Museum, E__________ during the restoration of the park. Visitors can take a tour of the park F__________ on Sundays. 

  1. and restorers have done everything possible to keep

  2. combining the features of urban and suburban estates

  3. which are planned to be the centre of scientific research

  4. which contains interesting objects found by archaeologists

  5. but later many of them were either destroyed in the flood

  6. and enjoy the exhibitions and performances of a brass band

  7. and from the south and west – the Moika River and the Lebyazhiy Canal

Ответ

A

B

C

D

E

F

2

7

5

1

4

6

55

TEXT 1

THE WEATHER

The English are famous for their tea and their weather. And the English are always talking about their weather. But English weather is never the same two days running. So everyone notices it. Awful day, isn’t it? Lovely weather for ducks. Did you have good weather? What was the weather like? Nice day. Fine day today. A beautiful day, isn’t it? Isn’t the weather awful? What a dreadful day! It’s pouring outside – raining cats and dogs.

The best time of the year in England is the spring and early summer. Then the cold winds and the fog and the heavy rains have all gone, and the sun is warm for the first time. Of course it rains sometimes then too, and it is often cloudy, but not so often as in winter. It rains quite often all the year round in England. That’s why it is such a green country, with long rich grass for the cattle and sheep, and beautiful lawns in the gardens.

The autumn is sometimes a time of very good waether, with clear blue skies and the sun shining every day. But the spring is better because after the spring comes the summer, the short English summer, when people go to the seaside, to the coast, to bathe in the sea and dig in the sand. But in autumn, even when the sun shines, there is the winter to follow.

Sometimes England has no snow at all in the winter, but the North and Scotland usually have some after Christmas. If there is a long frost and the ice is hard enough, then everyone who has skates gets them out and skates on the rivers and pools. The east wind is cold and blows in from the North sea. Then all England shivers, especially in the east. The Welsh are lucky, because Wales is in the west and is warmer than most of England.

England is a difficult country for people who work out of doors, people like the milkman, people like farmers, and postmen and policemen. In the morning it can be cold, in the afternoon warm and in the evening raining. One day it rains, the next day it may be sunny and the next it can be cold again.

GRAMMAR COMMENTARY

1. If there is a long frost and the ice is hard enough, then everyone who has skates gets them out and skates on the rivers and pools.

NOTE: Often a noun is uncountable when it refers to a phenomenon in general but it becomes countable when it refers to one occurrence, occasion or period of that phenomenon.

We had ten degrees of frost last night.

If there is a long frost, people skate on the rivers and pools.

We usually get forty centimetres of rain a year.

It is spring. The heavy rains have all gone.

2. NOTE: The noun wind is preceded by the definite article or by much, little, etc. when it is uncountable. When it is countable it is usually used with the indefinitre article and a descriptive attribute.

The wind blew my hat off.

We usually get a lot of wind in March.

There is a high wind blowing today.

3. NOTE: Ther is a number of nouns in English denoting objects considered to be unique. They are used with the definite article as reference is always made to the same object. Here are some of them: the sun, the moon, the earth, the sky, the world, the stars.

In spring the sun is warm for the first time.

4. NOTE: The collective noun cattle is plural, it has no singular form and always takes a plural verb.

The nouns sheep, swine, deer, fish have the same form for both singular and plural.

England is a green country, with long rich grass for the cattle and sheep.

These are sheep. This is a sheep.

5. NOTE: Present and Past continuous are used with always, forever, continually, constantly to describe frequently repeated or habitual actions. This use of the Continuous tense forms conveys an emotional colouring; very often it is a feeling of disapproval or irritation; sometimes the speaker finds the action unexpected. Compare:

a). He always does his homework. ( This means he does his homework regularly, it is his habit – a good one, the speaker thinks).

b). He is always doing his homework. ( One may be under the impression he never does anything but homework; the speaker is annoyed. The use of the Continuous form implies he does his homework very often, probably too often for the speaker’s taste).

VOCABULARY COMMENTARY

1. English weather is never the same two days running.

“ Running” after a noun in the plural means “in succession”.

I’ve been trying to get tickets to the opera for two weeks running. – Две недели подряд я пытаюсь достать билеты в оперу.

2. The English are always talking about their weather. But English weather is never the same two days running.

Translate:

The weather was fine and we decided to take a walk.

Why do people speak so much about the weather?

What is the weather like today?

What will the weather be tomorrow?

In cold ( wet, hot, rainy, foggy, cloudy, frosty, all sorts of) weather

We go for a wa.k in all sorts of weather.

You never know where you are with the weather.

3. Of course, it rains sometimes then too. Anyhow , it rains quite often all the year round in England.

Translate:

It began to rain heavily ( hard).

Do you think it will rain tommorow?

It was rianing a little in the morning.

The rain has stopped, we can go outside.

It looks like rain. I like to walk in the rain.

We went out in the rain.

We went out in the rain without our coats on.

Don’t stay out in the rain.

NOTE: the definite raticle is used with the noun “rain” when it has a modifier expressed by an adjective.

A pouring rain A drizzling rain Heavy rains

4. NOTE: The noun “time” is a polysemantic noun. In the following sentence it means “a season”, “a period”, associated with good weather. It may be translated into Russian as пора, период, время, сезон.

Spring is a lovely time. There is time for everything. Now was a time for decision.

NOTE the use of the indefinite article with the noun “time” which is used here as a countable noun. It refers not to the phenomenon in general but to one occurrence of this phenemenon.

5 After the spring comes the summer when people go to the seaside, to the coast.

Coast – the land along the sea only, regarded especially as a boundary. “Coast” is used for the division between sea and land, when we see it at a distance, or think of it as a whole ( flat — ровный, steep — крутой, rocky — скалистый coast).

I live ten miles from the coast.

Looking down from the plane, we could see the Dutсh coast.

Shore – stretch of land bordering on the sea or a large body of water.

Seashore – land bordering on the sea. ( foggy, sandy shore).

Beach the pebble or sandy shore washed by the sea or a lake; a place of rest for swimmers and sunbathers.

NOTE: “Beach” and “shore” are both used to mean the land at the edge of the sea ( we also talk about the shore of a lake). A beach is relatively flat, covered with sand or small stones, and suitable for swimming, sunbathing or landing small boats. “Shore” is more general word: it can include not only beaches, but also rocky or steep places.

GRAMMAR REVIEW

1. Impersonal sentences with the formal subject It are used to speak about time, temperature, distance, all kinds of measurements or to express attitude to the present situation.

It’s an awful day. In the morning it may be cold.

It was seven o’clock. It was dinner time.

It’s a long way from here to the station.

Exercise1.

Give a good reason for the following advice or request. ( Impersonal sentences may be of help).

1. Open the window, please. 2. Will you switch on the light. 3. Please hurry up. 4. We’ll have to take a taxi or go by bus. 5. You need’t put on your warm jersey. 6. Don’t make noise! 7. I think you should take your sun glasses. 8. You haven’t forgotten your umbrellas, haven’t you? 9. Let’s go for a swim. 10. I hope we’ll be able to go skiing tomorrow. 11. Very soon we’ll be skating.

NOTE: The state of weather can also be expressed by the construction with the introductory there.

Compare: It was raining ( verb) – There was rain ( noun).

It was frosty ( adj ) — There was frost ( noun ).

Exercise 2.

Describe the weather using the words below ( Impersonal sentences or sentences with there is/ there are may help you ).

  1. to rain, rain, rainy. 2. mud muddy. 3. wind, windy. 4. fog, foggy. 5. to snow, snow, snowy. 6. to freeze, frost, frosty.

II. NOTE: The nouns weather, information, advice, money, work, hair, furniture, knowledge, progress, news, are uncountable in English. They have no plural form and are not used with the indefinite article.

Mrs. Bond always gave her children a lot of advice.

Did you have good weather?

Exercise 3.

Answer the following questions using the nouns advice, hair, information, knowledge, money, news, progress, work or the pronoun it.

1. Do you regularly read newspapers, listen to the radio and watch TV? Are you always interested in the news? When is the news on? 2. What do people do when they are not sure of how to behave? Do you always follow the advice you get? Why do you sometimes disregard it? 3. What do you spend your pocket money on? Do you earn your pocket money yourself or do your parents give you some money regularly? 4. Are you satisfied with the progress you are making in English? Why? What helps one make good progress in a subject? Do you think your knowledge of English is good enough to read books in original? To teach others? 5. What kind of weather do we have in our country in winter? What do you like to do in frosty weather? 6. What kind of person would you call learned? 7. What do we say about a person who did not know much but now knows a lot more? 8. What is the meaning of the word blonde? Brunette? When do some women start dyeing their hair? 9. What kind of work do you get tired of? What do you like to do after work?

NOTE: to express that you need or want to give not one advice but more you should use the phrase a bit of, a piece of .

I’ve bought three nice pieces of furniture for my kitchen. She always gave me so good pieces of advice. These two bits of information are very important for me.

Exercise 4.

Translate the following sentences into English paying attention to the use of uncountable nouns.

a). 1. Том говорит, что делает очень важную работу. 2. Мне нужен профессиональный совет. 3. Перестань все время говорить о деньгах. 4. Эти новости уже не новости. 5. У тебя слишком длинные волосы. Я думаю, что тебе их надо постричь. 6. В прошлом году Петр сделал большие успехи в языке. Упорная работа помогла ему добиться этого. 7. Если хотите, чтобы мы использовали сведения, присылайте их во время. 8. Разрешите дать вам один совет. Я уверен, что он вам пригодится. 9. Возьмите эти деньги. Они ваши. Вы оставили их вчера на столе. 10. Вчера была очень хорошая погода.

б). 1. Мне хочется купить новую мебель. 2. Я помню, что Анна дала тебе массу советов. Ты последовал хотя бы одному из них? 3. Михаил тратит слишком много денег на пустяки, потому что сам их не зарабатывает. 4. Я очень быстро устаю от скучной работы. 5. Мы получили эти сведения час тому назад. Они очень важны. 6. Сосчитай деньги и положи их в кошелек. Будь осторожен и не потеряй их. 7. Дайте мне другую работу. Мне не нравится эта. Я хочу работу поинтереснее. 8. Спасибо за хорошие новости. Когда вы их узнали? 9. Мне надо вымыть волосы. Они уже грязные. 10. В жаркую погоду в лесу душно.

Exercise 5.

Speak about the same things neutrally and emotionally. The adverbs always, constantly, continually, forever may help you stress your attitude.

e.g. 1. Ann sings in our choir. She has a nice voice.

  1. Ann is constantly singing. She says this helps her do things.

Use the following expressions: to tell fairy tales, to come, to buy smth, to forget to do smth, to buy lottery cards, to ask questions.

Exercise 6.

Act out the following situation:

Sally and Peter often quarrel. Today they are quarrelling again. Like all people who are excited they both tend to exaggerate things.

Information about Sally: today she is late; she never comes in time; she is never punctual; today she talked on the phone to her friend and forgot about me; she thinks Peter scolds her too often; he finds fault with her all the time; he very often says unpleasant things to her.

Information about Peter : he thinks he tells Sally nothing but the truth; if he does not like something he says so in plain English; today he wants to know what made Sally late.

Exercise 7.

Find in the text English equivalents for the following Russian words and phrases. Group them according to the subject matter:

Пора хорошей погоды, славиться чем-либо, ехать на взморье, дрожать от холода, красивые газоны, ясное голубое небо, два дня подряд, идет дождь круглый год, короткое английское лето.

Exercise 8.

Find in the right hand column English equivalents for the Russian sentences given in the left hand column.

I.

1. Довольно тепло ( прохладно, холодно), 1. A fine morning ( evening), isn’t it? It’s

правда? wonderful out.

2. Стоит прекрасная ( жаркая, чудесная) 2. Rather warm ( cool, cold), isn’t it?

погода. 3. What a clear ( starlit, cloudless) night! Not

3. Какой прекрасный ( хороший, очарова- a cloud in the sky!

тельный, восхитительный) день ( ночь). 4. I expect we’ll have a fine day. The sun is

4. Я думаю, что хорошая погода постоит. coming out.

Я бы сказал, что погода улучшается. 5. What a fine ( nice, most lovely, glorious) Постепенно прояснится. Проясняется. day ( night)!

5. Какая ясная ( звездная, безоблачная) 6. We are having a spell of fine ( wongerful,

ночь! На небе ни облачка! hot) waether.

6. Чудесное утро ( вечер), не правда ли? 7. I thinlk it will continue ( keep) fine. The

На улице чудесно! weather is improving, I should say. It will

7. Я думаю, что день будет чудесный. clear up by and by. It’s clearing up.

Солнце выходит.

II.

1. Небо все в облаках. На небе низко 1. It’s beginning to drizzle. There’s a fine driz-

висят облака. zling rain. The rain is still falling. It’s coming

2. Дождь ( снег) прекратился ( перестал). down hard ( in torrents, in buckets). It’s lovely

Но погода такая неопределенная ( не weather for ducks.

установилась), переменчивая. 2. It seems a dull ( wet, damp, gloomy) day.

3. Начинает моросить. Идет мелкий What a rainy ( cloudy, foggy, windy, stormy)

моросящий дождь. Льет как из ведра. day. It’s hazy ( misty).

Дождливая погода ( шутл.). 3. I expect we’ll have rain ( a thunderstorm, a

4. Кажется, день сегодня пасмурный shower). It will turn out a wet day. It won’t

( серый, мрачный). Какой дождливый keep fine. We are in for bad ( cold, rainy,

( облачный, туманный, ветреный, freezing) weather.

штормовой) день. Туманный день 4. It’s a dull morning (day), isn’t it? Rather

( туманно). nasty out! Beastly weather! What wretched

( frightful, terrible, awful ) weather!

5. Я думаю, что будет дождь ( ливень, 5. The rain is still falling. It’s pouring ( hailing,

гроза). День окажется серым. Хорошая lightning, thundering). There goes a flash of

погода не продержится. Плохой ( холод- lightning! Do you hear the crashing of the

ной, дождливой) погоды не миновать. thunder? What a tremendous clap of thunder!

6. Мрачное утро ( день), правда? На It’s been raining off and on for a week now.

улице довольно пасмурно. Отвратитель- We’ve been having rain for a week now.

ная погода. Какая ужасная ( жуткая, не- 6. The sky is overcast. The clouds are hanging

приятеая) погода! low in the sky.

7. Дождь всё ещё идёт. Идёт сильный 7. Don’t get caught in the rain ( in a shower).

дождь ( сверкает молния, гремит гром, You’ll get wet through and through. I’m

идет град). Сверкает вспышка молнии. drenched ( soaked, wet to the skin). My clothes

Слышишь раскат грома? Какой сильный are soaking wet.

раскат грома! Всю неделю то и дело идёт 8. It has stopped ( ceased, left off) raining

дождь. Дождь идёт уже целую неделю. ( snowing). But the weather is so uncertain

8. Не попади под дождь ( ливень)! Ты ( unsettled, changeable).

промокнешь насквозь. Я вымок ( про-

мок до костей). Моя одежда насквозь

мокрая.

III.

1. Идёт жаркая волна. Установилась 1. There’s hardly a breath of air ( There’s not a

жаркая погода. breath of air ). Not a leaf is stirring. No wonder,

2. Жаркий ( душный, пыльный, зной- with such a blazing ( scorching ) sun.

ный, жаркий и влажный) день. 2. A heat wave is coming on. Hot weather has

Воздух влажный. set in.

3. Дышать нечем ( ни дуновения ветерка). 3. It’s a hot ( close, stifling, dusty, sultry, sticky)

Ни листочек не колышится. Не удиви- day. The air is humid.

тельно, такое палящее ( обжигающее) 4. The heat is unbearable ( oppressive).

солнце. 5. It’s 30 ( degrees) in the shade. The temperatu-

4. 30 тепла в тени. Температура повыша- re is rising ( going up).

ется.

5. Жара невыносимая ( гнетущая).

IV.

1. Река замерзла. Мороз сковал реку. 1. Snow is falling. What soft, fluffy, large

Установилась холодная погода. Термо- snow flakes! They are coming down thick.

метр показывает 0. Я дрожу от холода. There’s a thick ( heavy ) snowfall.

У меня зубы стучат от холода. 2. The river is frozen over. The frost has

2. Становится прохладно. Какой холод- locked the river. Cold weather has set in.

ный ( морозный) день! Ужасно холодно The thermometer is at zero. I’m shivering.

на улице. My teeth are clattering with the cold.

3. Идёт снег. Какие мягкие, пушистые, 3. It is getting chilly. What a cold ( frosty) day!

большие снежинки! Они падают очень It’s extremely ( bitterly, beastly ) cold out.

густо. Сильный снегопад.

4. Была тяжелая ( суровая, мягкая) зима. 4. A strong wind has risen. The wind is

Но в воздухе уже весна. blowing high in the air. It looks as if we’re

5. Морозит. Стоит суровый ( сильный) going to have a snowstorm.

мороз. Неожиданно установился период 5. There’s been a thaw ( it’s thawing ). The

холодной погоды. Я промерз до костей. snow and ice are melting. It’s slushy (muddy,

6. Поднялся сильный ветер. Ветер метет dirty) out. Look out for the slush and mud

снег. Похоже, что будет буран. puddles. It is still very slippery in places.

7. Стоит оттепель. Тают снег и лёд. На 6. It’s been a hard ( severe, mild ) winter. But

улице слякоть (грязно). Иди осторожно, spring is in the air.

вокруг лужи. Местами ещё очень 7. It’s freezing. We’re having a severe ( hard)

скользко. frost. We’re having a sudden spell of cold

weather. I’m chilled to the bone.

Exercise 9.

a). Read for note and then give fluent retelling.

Maintaining small talk: the weather

“Without the topic of the weather, the English would be without one of the most useful weapons in their conversation. Only the English know just how little meteorological cliches really mean. Of course, it is all so much mouth music and you can bet that the English man or woman you are talking to is merely marking conversational time and either planning an escape route or a deadly verbal thrust.

In England, if you do not repeat the phrase ‘Lovely day, isn’t it?’ at least two hundred times a day, you’re considered a bit dull. This is an ever-interesting, even thrilling topic, and you must be good at discussing the If you are a bit slow in picking things up, learn at least one conversation… Just repeat it and you’ll have a fair chance of passing as a remarkably witty person of sharp intellect, keen observation and extremely pleasant manners”.

After A. Miall and G. Mikes

Work in pairs. Take turns to read the parts. Respond as you wish. The response may be in any form ( statement, question, exclamation ) as long as it is appropriate.

1. A – Oh, goodness gracious! Now, do look up at the sky. I’ve never seen such black clouds.

Oh, we’ll get drenched!

B — …

2. A – What does it look like outdoors?

B — …

3. A – The sun is trying to come out. Shall we go to the suburbs?

B — …

4. A – The first snowfall of the season! What a beautiful sight! I’m going out. Are you?

B — …

5. A – I should like to go to the Crimea, but I’m afraid of the heat. How about you?

B — …

6. A – What’s the matter? You are shivering all over! And your clothes are soaking wet!

B — …

7. A – Has it stopped raining?

B – No, not yet. Why?

A — …

8. A – How do you like it here?

B – London is a wonderful city, but your weather is terrible!

A — …

9. A — ….

B – The weather forecast promised a dry, sunny day, didn’t it?

10. A – I must be going now and I wouldn’t like to get wet through and through.

B — …

EXERCISE 10

1. Use the correct forms of the verbs “rain” and “snow”:

1. It ___ again today. It ___ almost every day.

2. We didn’t go to the country on the weekend because it ___ all day long.

3. ___ it ___ when you left home? – Yes, it ___ heavily.

4. – When ___ it last ___? – Two weeks ago.

5. Take an umbrella. It ___.

6. It often ___ last winter, ___ it?

7. ___ it still ___? – Yes, it is.

8. ___ it ___ on Monday morning? – No, it ___.

9. It often ___ here at this time of the year, ___?

Exercise 11.

Fill in the gaps choosing an appropriate word from the list ( sea, shore, beach, seaside, coast )

1. We’ll soon be able to see the French…2. The sea was so rough that the boat was thrown onto the … 3. The … gets very crowded by 11 o’clock. 4. The Crimean … is very beautiful. 5. The children spent hours on the collecting … shells and looking for shrimps in the rock pools. 6. The hotel has its own … 7. Yalta is a … town. 8. The … is always very crowded in summer, so we prefer to stay inland. 9. Great waves were breaking on the … 10. The ship was wrecked on the Kent … 11. We went to the … every morning. 12. There are numerous islands off the … 13. We went for a walk along the … 14. The village is on the South … 15. A lot of Englishmen go to the … in summer. 16. I want to go to the … for a holiday. 17. I wish I lived at the … 18. You are lucky to have a chance of going to the … for your holiday.

Exercise 12.

Give your version of poetic or just humorous translation to the poem:

A man is a fool,

He wants it hot

When it is cool,

He wants it cool

When it is hot

He always wants

That he has not.

Share your thoughts on the idea of the poem. Does the idea only concern the weather?

Exercise 13.

Translate into English.

I. 1. Три дня подряд я пытаюсь тебе дозвониться, но безуспешно. 2. Вот уже два дня подряд идет сильный снег. 3. Сегодня опять очень ветреный день. Вот уже неделю непре­рывно дует ветер. 4. Вот уже три дня подряд я пытаюсь его увидеть, но безуспешно. Он очень занят. 5. Тебе повезло, что три дня подряд стояла сухая и теплая погода.

II. 1. Ты любишь гулять в морозную погоду? 2. Ты не знаешь, какая завтра будет погода? 3. Почему пожилые люди так много говорят о погоде? 4. Очень неприятно оказаться за городом в сырую туманную погоду. 5. В сентябре в нашем городе не всегда бывает хорошая погода. 6. Какая ужасная сегодня погода!

III. 1. Когда мы приехали на вокзал, пошел очень сильный дождь. 2. Думаю, что дождя завтра не будет. 3. Не похоже, что вечером будет дождь. 4. Мой брат очень любит гулять в дождь. 5. Не выходи сейчас. На улице проливной дождь.

IV. 1. Ранняя осень — прекрасная пора. 2. Сентябрь — пре­красная пора в Крыму. 3. Слишком холодно для этой поры. 4. Осень — пора фруктов. 5. Весна — пора чудесных первых цветов: сирени, тюльпанов, нарциссов, крокусов. 6. Ноябрь в Англии — пора дождей, туманов и сильных ветров.

V. 1. Как прекрасно полежать на пляже в жаркий летний день! 2. Мои друзья живут недалеко от побережья. 3. Как бы мне хотелось жить в небольшом курортном городке у моря! 4. Англичане предпочитают отдыхать летом на побережье.

VI. 1. Начинает дуть сильный ветер. Возможно, будет пурга. 2. Какой сильный ветер! 3. Ветер с запада обычно приносит дождь. 4. Вчера весь день дул сильный ветер. 5. Холодный ветер дует с Северного моря.

VII.1. Надень плащ. На улице идет проливной дождь. 2. Зачем ты надела такой теплый свитер? Сегодня совсем не холодно. 3. Снимите пальто. Оно совсем мокрое. Вы попали под дождь. 4. Я советую тебе надеть теплую одежду, чтобы не простудиться. 5. Надень плащ и теплый шарф. На улице моросит, и дует сильный ветер.

Exercise 14.

Translate into English.

1. Осенью погода обычно сырая. Часто идут дожди. Дуют сильные ветры. Дни стоят очень пасмурные. Небо затянуто облаками. Солнца мало. По ночам иногда бывает сильный туман.

2. Какой сырой, ветреный и мрачный день! Время от времени начинает моросить. В такую погоду совсем не хочется выходить на улицу.

3. Началась оттепель. Снег тает. На улицах лужи. На небе ни облачка. В воздухе чувствуется весна.

4. Какая неустойчивая погода! Дождь то шел, то прекращал­ся в течение недели. Со стороны моря идет густой туман. Вчера мы попали под ливень, промокли насквозь и вынуж­дены были вернуться домой.

5. Зима в нашем городе наступает рано, иногда уже в конце ноября все покрывается снегом. Замерзают реки и озера. Часто дуют холодные сильные ветры. Иногда бывает пурга. Дни становятся все короче и короче, а ночи длиннее.

Временами выходит солнце, но оно совсем не греет.

6. Каждый день облачное небо, ливни, грозы. Этот период ненастной погоды продолжается уж слишком долго.

7. На улице +30° в тени, и температура продолжает повы­шаться. Жара невыносимая. Просто нечем дышать! Так душно, что невозможно находиться в помещении.

8. Установилась холодная погода. Со вчерашнего дня моро­зит. Сегодня ужасно холодно на улице. 9. В течение дня погода б Англии меняется несколько раз, гораздо чаще, чем. на континенте.

10. Туман очень густой. Все машины медленно ползут с зажженными фарами.

SPEECH EXERCISES

Exercise 15.

Study the following texts and say what in your opinion the advantages and disadvantages of each season are. (The phrases given below will help you to express an opinion of your own or ask for somebody else’s opinion)

Asking for an opinion

A.— In my opinion the pleasantest season is (the) spring,

In May the weather is finest and all nature is loveliest. The trees put forth little buds and new leaves; the meadows grow green again; the flowers begin to bloom. The collective farmers till the soil and sow the seed. The nightingale, swallow, cuckoo «and other birds come back from Italy or Africa and build their nests, all the while singing their merry songs. Meanwhile the new crop is shooting up, and if there are no sharp frosts during the night, nature looks full of promise, and the corn-fields are made bright by blue cornflowers and red poppies.

Spring flowers! The lilacs unfold their pale hearts. There shines the wild daffodil — soft, slim, yellow, there is the starry narcissus, the hiacinth almost lost in the herbs; among them stand tulips — the red bubbles of dark wine; the yellow, more cup-like; the large parti-coloured gold and red, noble and sombre.

B.— I, for one, like(the) summer, in fact, I prefer it to any other season. By the end of June, when the days become considerably warmer, summer has come. If the heat gets too oppressive, we can go and bathe in running water. And many people enjoy a game of tennis in summer. In the summer the hot sun ripens the corn and fruit, and the farmer gets ready for the harvest. There are plenty of strawberries, cherries, currants, gooseberries, raspberries, apricots, peaches, plums and blackberries, which are ripe and afford a treat for the old and the young. And what pleasure can compare with that of watching the glorious sunrise and sunset! Clouds? Rain? Well, well, it isn’t always cloudy, and there is no such thing as perpetual rain.

C.— Strange as if might seem, I like (the) autumn. There are some drawbacks, I admit,— the shorter days and longer nights for instance. The weather also leaves much to be desired. But is there anything more beautiful than an Indian summer — when we have one! We miss the songs of the birds, you say. Well, I can and do enjoy the sparrow, bluebird, crossbill and the few others that remain with us. Oh, I know what you want to say. The November fogs, and mist, and sleet are not pleasant things. But what should we do without apples, pears, walnuts, grapes, which get ripe in September and October and may be picked. I, for one, could not get along without fruits or nuts, and for the sake of these I’m willing to put up with some discomforts.

D —When autumn is over and winter sets in, I dont mind it at all. I know it is the season of snowstorms, and of ice, of frozen rivers and ponds, and of slippery streets. But think of the skating on the ice, or skiing in the country, and the sledging. In snowy weather, tobogganing is my favourate pastime. Then think of the joy of the children. At the first heavy snowfall, they are out making snowmen, building snowhuts, and pelting one another with snowballs. Of course, if the winter is severe, one must take care not to get frost-bitten. To me, winter has its own peculiar interest and beauty, and there is no reason to feel bored to death when there are interesting books, theatres and concerts, and the cinema.

TEXT 2

Exercise 16.

Read the following text and explain why the author compares the weather in Washington with a winning candidate.

The weather in Washington reminds me of a winning candidate who promises everything, but you never know just when to expect it at all.

Sometimes it’s Aprfl in January, and March often behaves like December or May.

Or as Mark Twain found it here: ‘When you arrived (at the station at night) it was snowing. When you reached the hotel it was sleeting. When you went to bed it was raining. During the night it froze hard and the wind blew some chimneys down. When you get up in the morning, it was foggy. When you finished your breakfast at ten o’clock and went out, the sunshine was brilliant, the weather balmy and delicious, and the mud and slush deep and all-pervading. You will like the climate — when you get used to it.’

If you care to follow Mark Twain’s advice, take as umbrella and overcoat, and fan, and go forth.

My advice on what to expect, season by season, regarding the weather is:

Spring — it’s a wonderful, most attractive, liveliest time of the year. Mild weather usually arrives earlier than it does in most northern cities. (Prepare for possible 27°C in March), flowers burst into bloom starting with magnolia, then followed by cherry blossoms, azalea and pansies.

Summer — it can be hot, humid, sticky. Man wear tropical outfits.

Autumn — the best season except for spring; in some ways the best of all. The climate is dry, mild. If you are driving, the colour in the mountains is beautiful.

Winter— unpredictable, some years raw, cold, soggy; others short and mild. You don’t have to bring your umbrella and galoshes, but come prepared to buy them.

(From Washington. A Modern Guide to the Nation’s Capital by M.Frome)

TEXT 3

Exercise 17.

Read the following story and find a topic sentence in each paragraph.

Do the assignments after the text.

September Mood in England

It’s Monday morning. Miss Goodbody walks into the office. Her holiday is over and she has just returned to work. She looks brown and relaxed and happier than usual. The other girls stand round her. «Where did you go?» one asks. «Italy. Little place near Naples. «What was the weather like?» «Hot, of course.» «Where did you go?» «Oh, Eastbourne.» «Did you enjoy it?» «Yes, quite. It rained a bit though.»

It’s September. The holidays are over and the girls are restless. Their job-changing season has begun.

Mr. Wetherington comes in ten minutes later. He is not very happy. Every Monday morning since early June he has heard the same conversation in the train on his way to the office in London. Someone is just back from holiday. Everyone else is asking where he went and what was the weather like and did he enjoy himself? A bit tedious really — especially if, like Mr. Wetherington, you had your holiday two months ago.

But it isn’t only holiday talk that is worrying him. He is thinking about the winter. Five years ago he had central heating installed ia his house. Now his wife wants them to put in double glazing. She tells him it will save fuel as well as keep the house warmer.

She’s right of course. But to double-glaze all the windows will cost quite a lot of money. Perhaps he can leave it for the moment. After all, it’s still quite warm. May be October — or even the whole winter — will be mild and they’ll hardly notice the necessity for double glazing. Mr. Wetherington isn’t very good at making decisions.

At home his wife is thinking about all the jobs she has to do at this time of «year, like buying school uniforms for the children, seeing how much of their last year’s winter outfits are still big enough and making sure that winter overcoats, gloves and heavy shoes are clean and ready for use.

Old Mr. Hart, the retired bank manager, who lives opposite the Wetheringtons is busy in his trim and always tidy garden. He’s tying up roses just now and thinking that soon he’ll have thousands of leaves to sweep up and burn and shrubs to be pruned and everything made ready fot the winter. «Autumn’s a fine time», he says to himself. «No worrying now about how the plants will do. That’s all over. There’s lots of colour still left in the garden. The leaves will be showing their autumn colours soon and I’ll see the beechwood on the hill behind all red and yellow and brown like a forest fire in the setting sun. It’s a great time of year».

It’s September and a typical English-autumn is about to begin.

Assignments

1. Make up .situations based on or connected with the story using the suggested vocabulary. You are welcome to enlarge on the story.

to look brown, to go to the seaside for holidays, a crowded beach, lovely weather, to improve (about the weather), uncertain (changeable weather), sultry days, there’s hardly a breath of air, to keep fine, wretched weather, to drizzle, to have occasional showers, lovely weather for ducks, a spell of wonderful (rainy, nasty, wretched) weather, to enjoy oneself, to be annoyed at holiday talk, to be back (fresh) from holiday, to have central heating installed, to put in double glazing, (not) to be good at making decisions, to face a problem, to be ready for use, to make smth ready for the winter, to be busy in one’s trim and tidy garden, to sweep up leaves, to prune shrubs, autumn is a fine time of the year, to set in (about a season or the weather).

2.Dramatize the text.

Role 1. Miss Goodbody returns to work after holidays feeling happier and more relaxed than usual.

Role 2. Mr. Wetherington comes to the office in a gloomy mood. He looks annoyed and worried. Role 3. Mrs. Wetherington is eager to put in double glazing. She is trying to convince Mr. Wetherington of the necessity for double glazing. But the latter isn’t very good at making decisions.

3. Think of a situation around the following sentence. «A typical English autumn is about to begin.»

TEXT 4

WEATHER WORDS

Rain cats and dogs: rain very heavily

Fair-wether friend: A person who is loyal in good times but not when times are difficult.

A whirlwind tour: a very quick and superficial tour without any time to go into or observe details.

To go to someplace like a tornado: to speed through somewhere causing major change and/ or destruction on the way through.

To be cloudy about something: to be unsure of or unfocused about something.

To have one’s head in the clouds: to not have a grasp or undestanding of the reality of a situation.

Lightning never strikes twice in the same spot: a bad incident will not likely happen to the same person(s) twice ( saying which unfortunately is not accurate).

To be full of hot air: to say a lot of empty, meaningless words; to not know what one is talking about.

To be windy: to be very talkative without necessarily saying much that is substantive.

To have a downpour of something: to have a delude or considerable amount of something.

To strike like lightning: to hit hard and fast either physically or verbally.

Save it for a rainy day: to save something, usually money, for possible future ned.

Under a cloud: less than entirely trustworthy, suspected of some wrongdoing.

Under the weather: ill, unwell.

Take ( give someone) a raincheck: to request that an appointment be rescheduled; to accept different time for an appointment.

Take something by storm: to rush in and take something with considerable force, often causing pain and destruction.

Shoot the breeze: to chat or to pass time by chatting, to talk idly.

See which way the wind blows: to determine what actions or words will be popular or acceptable to one’s superior, to the people who control one’s counterparts when one has something to gain by it, even through such actions or words may not be what one sincerely wants to do or say.

Rain on someone’s parade: to spoil or dampen someone’s happy feelings.

Get a second wind: to get a second burst of energy.

Dawn on someone: finally realize something that was perhaps already apparent to others.

Clear the air: to resolve hidden resentment or uncover hidden thoughts.

Brainstorm: to suggest any idea that comes into mind in an attempt to find a solution to a problem.

Give someone a snow job: to give someone a description of something or someone that is overly or unrealistically attractive and positive.

Leave someone (get left) out in the cold: to shun someone; to exclude someone from a place or activity.

Out of the blue ( meaning out of a clear blue sky): unexpectedly, and often suddenly.

Take the wind out of someone’s sails: to deflate someone’s ego or to ruin or destroy someone’s high expectations.

Steal someone’s thunder: to steal someone’s idea or words before he or she can share them.

From “English Teaching Forum”

Exercise 18.

  1. Give your own interptretation of the expressions given above.

  2. Make up a story using one or more expressions.

  3. Make up a dialogue on any subject or occasion using the expression about weather.

  4. Make up a “chain” dialogue ( group dialogue – St1 St2 St3, etc.) using given expressions. Begin your talk with the phrase: I can’t believe that I have to accomplish this downpour of work by this evening. Will you go and discover which way the wind blows.

Vocabulary:

Fair weather –хорошая погода. Whirlwind – вихрь, смерч, ураган. Superficial [su:pe`fiSl]- поверхностный. Someplace – куда-нибудь, где-нибудь. Major – значительный. Unfocused –[…`eu…] – несосредоточенный. Grasp of understanding – спосбность быстрого понимания. Substantive – существенный. Downpour [ `daunpo: ] – ливень. Delude [`dеlju:dз] – потоп, лавина, перен. очень много. Wrongdoing – проступок. Raincheck – обещание принять приглашение как-нибудь в другой раз. Reschedule – переносить на другое время. Rush in – врываться. Talk idly – болтать праздно. Determine – решать, определять. Superior – начальник. Counterpart – коллега. Gain – иметь выгоду. Dampen – обескураживать, подавлять. Dawn [ do:n ] – рассвет, осенять (кого-либо), приходить в голову. Apparent – очевидный. Resolve – разрешать (проблему). Resentment – чувство обиды. Brainstorm – внезапная идея. Overly – чрезмерно. Shun – избегать, остерегаться. Exclude – исключать, выгонять. Deflate [,di:`fleit ] – умалять (важность). Ego [`i:geu ] – собственное “я” , собственная персона.

TEXT 5

Pre-reading task:

Exercise 19.

1. Work in pairs, discuss nature signs you know. Read the following nature sings and “weather laws”, give your translation.

2. What sayings about weather do you know?

Wisdom and Sayings

A long time ago when people lived mostly out-of-doors, they were close to nature. They noticed that plants, mammals, insects and birds sensed the coming of storm sooner than people did. All living things have a natural instinct to save their own lives, and so they look for shelter just before a storm. When ancient people saw animals seeking shelter, they acted the same.

Of course, plants and animals do not actually forecast weather, but they are good weather indicators. The elements that make up weather – atmospheric pressure, moisture, temperature, and wind – affect living things in special ways, and their reactions give clues to weather changes. The people of long ago called these clues “weather sign” and those who knew how to read the signs were often just as correct in their predictions as modern meteorologists, the scientists who study weather and collect weather information with special instruments.

Meteorologists tell us that during fair weather the air usually contains very little moisture. But just before a rain the air becomes damp and has a higher relative humidity. Humidity is the amount of moisture in the air compared to how much it could hold. When the air has all the moisture it can hold, it is saturated. You might compare it to a sponge. When a sponge is damp it is wet, but has relatively little moisture in it. When it is dripping wet, it is saturated.

Now meteorologists use special instruments to measure relative humidity, but in earlier times, people relied on nature to tell them when the humidity was high. Spiders were one of their best humidity indicators.

Normally, spiders spin their webs between 6 and 7 p.m. During calm, clear weather they don’t bother to make large webs or to take them in.

But when there is high humidity and a drop in air pressure, spiders work overtime building more and larger dragnets. Somehow they seem to know that insects will be easier to catch when the humidity is high. The moisture in the air soaks the insects’ wings, making it difficult for them to fly. However, since a heavy rain would ruin the net and wash away the bugs caught in it, spiders will take down their nets before a storm. And an old saying warns:

When spiders take in their net,
The ground will soon be wet.

Frogs and toads come out and feast on the easily caught insects when the air is cool and moist. Toads seldom come out when the air is dry. This is also true of frogs, and it is another reason why you can hear more of them before a rain.

Some people watch ants form weather clues. Anytime you see ants industriously building huge mounds around their holes, prepare for rain. About two hours before a downpour, all kinds of ants – but especially large black or red ones – will break up their caravans, scurry into their nests, and begin building dams around the ant hill. These mounds, which are sometimes several inches in height, prevent rainwater from running into the ant hills.

Bees give weather clues, too. They are usually active several hours before a rain, but as the humidity increases, they return to their hives. Some American Indians say that the longer the increased activity lasts, the longer the rain will be.

There is a saying which says:
If bees stay at home, rain will soon come;
If they fly away, fine will be the day.
Other insects are also good humidity indicators.

Butterflies usually flit from flower to flower all day long. When they suddenly disappear and can be found hiding on tree trunks or on the underside of leaves, they are seeking shelter to protect their fragile wings from a hard rain. Fireflies fly very low when there is a high relative humidity. But an old saying states:

When fireflies are about in large numbers,
The weather will be fair for the next three days.

Watching birds people also understand what kind of weather is coming and some sayings prove it well:

Crow on the fence
Rain will go hence.
Crow on the ground
Rain will come down.

When the cuckoo comes to the bat thorn,
Sell your cow and buy your corn,
But when she comes to the full bit,
Sell your corn and buy your sheep.

When the peacock loudly calls,
Then look out for rain and squalls.

When sea birds fly to land,
A storm is at hand.

If chickens roll in the sand
Rain is at hand.

If a rooster crows when he goes to bed
He’ll get up with rain on his head.

If the cock moult before the hen,
We shall have weather thick and thin,
But if the hen moult before the cock,
We shall have weather hard as a block.

Domestic animals and plants are also very good at prompting weather and these sayings prove it:

When a cow tries to scratch her ear,
It means a shower is very near.
When she thumps her ribs with her tail,
Look out for thunder, lightning, and hail.

It is time to cock your hay and corn,
When the old donkey blows his horn.

Onion’s skin very thin,
Mild winter coming in.
Onion’s skin thick and tough,
Coming winter cold and rough.

Plants are especially good at humidity indicators. They are affected in different way. Just before a rain many flowers – like the daisy, tulip – close their blossoms, and clover plants draw their leaves together. It is believed that the absorption of moisture from the air causes a change in the leaf stalk, making the leaves turn over. It may be that the rough underside of the leaf can absorb rain better than the smooth topside.

Almost everyone knows what humidity does to hair. Curly hair gets curlier and straight hair gets limp. The reason is that hair absorbs moisture from damp air. Straight hair actually gets longer.

Some people are very sensitive to humidity. People who have arthritis are, in a sense, “living hygrometers”. High humidity causes the fluids in their tissues and joints to increase, making movement difficult and painful. That is why many older people say, “It’s going to rain. I can feel it in my bones”. They actually can.

By learning to read weather signs, you can get a few hours advance warning if a storm is headed your way. It may keep you from getting your new shoes ruined in the rain, from having a family picnic spoiled, or your garden beaten down by a storm. If you are backpacking, camping, boating or doing similar outdoor activities it might even save your life.

However here are some more sayings which may be taken into account or purely entertain you or can be just used in class activities, especially if your learners have problems with phonetics:

Calm weather in June,
Sets corn in tune.

Hot July brings cooling showers,
Apricots and gillyflowers.

If you plant turnips on the 25th of July,
You will have turnips, wet or dry.

St. Swithin’s day, if thou does rain,
For forty days it will remain;
St. Swithin’s day, if thou be fair,
For forty days’ twill rain na mair.

Dry August and warm
Doth harvest no harm.

Warm September brings the fruit;
Sportsmen then begin to shoot.

Ice in November to walk a duck,
The winter will be all rain and muck.

Pale moon doth rain,
Red moon doth blow,
White moon doth neither rain nor snow.

When the dew is on the grass,
Rain will never come to pass.

A red sky at night is a shepherd’s delight,
A red sky in the morning is a shepherd’s warning.

Evening grey and morning red
Are the signs of a bonny day.
Evening grey and morning red
Bring down rain on the farmer’s head.

  • If you kill a daddy longlegs spider, it will rain.

  • If you cut your hair during a full moon, it will grow fast.

  • When it rains, say, “Rain, rain, go away; little Donald wants to play.”

Vocabulary:

Moisture – влажность, сырость; влага

Saturate [`sэetSэreit]– насыщать, пропитывать

Humidity – влажность, сырость; влага

To spin web – прясть, плести паутину

Toad – жаба

Feast – пир, празнетство, банкет

Ant – муравей

Mound – холмик, горка

Scurry – беготня, суета, быстрое стремительное движение

Bee – пчела

Flit – перелетать, порхать, легко и бесшумно двигаться

Firefly –светляк (летающий)

Crow – ворона

Тhorn – шип, колючка

Tissue [`tiSu:]– ткань

To backpack – нести груз на спине (в походе)

Turnip – репа, репка

Na mair – (from Scot word) no more

Muck – навоз, разг. грязь, дрянь, мерзость

Doth – уст. 3 лицо ед.ч наст. вр.глагола to do

Squall – шквал, волнение, беспорядрк

Rooster – петух, задира, забияка

To crow – кричать, издавать радостные звуки, кричать кукареку

Thump – тяжелый удар; гухой звук (удара); наносить удар

Hail – град

Hay – сено

Limp – хромота, прихрамывать; мягкий, нежесткий; слабый

Post-reading task:

Learn the tongue-twisters by heart and take part in your group contest on the best “Chatterbox”

TEXT 6

23 March – World Meteorologists’ Day.

Weather extremes.

The recording of extremes in weather is made from comparisons of weather observations kept by worldwide weather stations for many years. The following are some established world records for extreme weather.

Longest tornado track: On May 26, 1917 a tornado yraveled from Missouri to Indiana, leaving a track 293 miles long (471 km).

Record winds: were recorded on April 12, 1934 and clocked at 230 miles ( 371 km) per hour as they swept across Mount Washington in New Hampshire.

Greatest number of wet days: Mount Wai`ale`ale in Hawaii holds the record for rainfall, 350 days a year.

The driest place in the world: theAtacama Desert in Chile. It has less than 1/250 inches (0.1mm) of annual rainfall.

The coldest place: on July 21, 1983, Vostok Base, Antarctica set the world’s record for the lowest temperature at minus 128.6`F (-89.2`C).

The highest temperature in the world: 136.4`F ( 58`C), was recorded at Al Aziziyah in Libya on Septemeber 13, 1992.

The world’s most extreme temperature range: Verhoyansk, northeast Siberia. Temperatures there can fall to as low as –90`F (-68`C) in winter and rise to as high as 98`F (37`C) in summer.

The greatest measured annual rainfall: 1,1860 to July 31, 1861 in Cherapunji, Meghalya, India.

The largest hailstone: was 2.25lbs (1kg) and fell on Aptil 14, 1986in Gopalganj district, Bangladesh.

The greatest 24-hour rainfall: 73.5 inches (1,869.9mm) on March 15-16, 1952 at Chilaos, La Re`union, Indian Ocean.

Water spout: On May 16, 1898 a waterspout with the heigh of 5,012ft (1,528m) and a diameter of 10ft (3m) was spotted off the coast of New South Wales, Australia.

Vocabulary:

Clock – показывать время, хронометрировать. Sweep – проноситься. Chile – Чили. F=Farenheit – по шкале Фаренгейта. C.= centigrade – по стоградусной шкале. Libya [`libie] – Ливия. Temperature range – колебания температур. Hailstone – градина. lb=libra – лат. фунт (= 373,2г). La Re`union – о-в Реюньон. Waterspout – водяной смерч, ливень. ft=foot (pl. feet) – фут (=30,48см). Spot – заметить, увидеть.

TEXT 7

Thunderstorms

Moisture, instability and lift are the three main ingredients needed: rain, strong winds, accompanied by bright flashes of lightning and the crack of thunder – a thunderstorm is born. There are more than 40,000 thunderstorms happening around the world everyday. The most severe thunderstorm can produce hail and spawn tornadoes.

The life cycle of a thunderstorm occurs in three stages: developing, mature, and dissipating. In the developing stage, a cumulus cloud (low-level and puffy) begins to grow and vigorous updrafts develop which prevent any precipitation from falling. The mature stage sees downdrafts developing and occurences of lightning, thunder and violent down-drafts called “microbursts”; rain showers or hail may fall also. In the final stage, the cooler downdraft increases cutting off the suply of warm moist air to the thundrestorm. Rains begin to cease and altocumulus (mid-level) and cirrus (high-level) clouds may appear over the shrinking cumulus clouds.

Thunderstorms may last from 15 minutes to sevral hours.

Vocabulary:

Moisture – влажность. Lift – водяной столб. Flash – вспышка. Severe – сильный. Spawn [spo:n] – порождать. Mature [me`tSue]- зрелый, созревший. Dissipate – рассеиваться. Cumulus [`kju:mjules] – кучевое облако. Puffy — набрякший, пышный, пушистый. Vigorous – сильный. Updraft – поток воздуха, направленный вверх. Precipitation – осадки. Occurrence – случай, явление. Violent – сильный, интенсивный. Supply – поступление. Cease [si:s]- прекращаться. Altocumulus – высококучевое облако. Cirrus[`sires] – перистое облако. Shrink – сокращаться, уменьшаться.

TEXT 8

Tornadoes

Part 1

Tornadoes are storms with very strong turning and dark clouds. These winds are perhaps the strongest on earth. They reach speeds of 300 miles per hour. The dark clouds are shaped like a funnel – wide at the top and narrow at the bottom. The winds are strongest in the center of the funnel. Tornadoes are especially commomn in the USA, but only in central states. A hot afternoon in the spring is the most likely time for tornadoes. Clouds become dark. There is thunder, lightning, and rain. A cloud forms a funnel and begins to twist. The funnel moves faster and faster. The faster the winds, the louder the noise. Tornadoes always move in a northeastern direction. They never last longer than eight hours. A tornado’s path is narrow, but within that narrow path a tornado can destroy everything. It can smash biuldings and rip up trees. Tornadoes can kill people as well.

The worst tornado swept through the states of Missouri, Illinois, and Indiana in 1925, killing 689 people. Modern weather equipment now makes it possible to warn people of tornadoes. People have a much better chance of protecting themselves. But nothing can stop tornadoes from destroying everything in their path.

How do the Totnadoes Start?

Part2

Of course we are all quite accustomed to thunderstorms. These are usually local storms. But there are certain kinds of storms that may cover thousands of square miles. One such type is called a “cyclonic storm” or “cyclone.” In a cyclone, the winds blow toward the center of an area of low pressure.

A curious thing about them is that the winds blow in spiral fashion. In the northern hemisphere such storms turn counterclockwise, in the southern hemisphere they turn clockwise!

A tornado is simply a special kind of cyclone. A tornado arises when the conditions that cause ordinary thunderstorms are unusually violent. There is an updraft of air. There are winds blowing in opposite directions around this rising air. This starts a whirling effect that is narrow and very violent. When this happens, centrifugal force throws the air away from the center. And this leaves a core of low pressure at the center.

This low-pressure core acts like a powerful vacuum on everything it passes. This is one of the destructive things about a tornado. It can actually suck the walls of a house outward in such a way that the house will collapse. The other destructive thing about a tornado is the high winds that may blow around the edges of a whirl. These winds can reach 300 miles per hour and blow anything down.

 Vocabulary:

Destruction – разрушение, уничтожение, разорение

Such – всасывание, всасывать

Outward – внешений, наружный, поверхностный, направленный наружу

Collapse – обвал, разрушение, крушение,крах

Edge – кромка, край

Core – центр, сердцевина, ядро

Counterclockwise – против часовой стрелки

Clockwise – по часовой стрелке

Cyclone [`saiklэun] — циклон

Exercise 20 (on 6, 7, 8 texts).

  1. Using the material of the texts # 6, 7, 8 and weather reports from the TV programmes and newspapers make your own report for the programme “Weather Extremes” or “ The Catastrophe of the Week”

Exercise 21.

  1. Explain the followng proverbs:

“ After a storm comes a calm”, “ Any port in a storm, “Every cloud has a silver lining”, “If there were no clouds, we should not enjoy the sun”, “ In a calm sea every man is a pilot”, “ It never rains but it pours” ( “ It never rains without pouring’), “ Keep something for a rainy day”, “Make hay while the sun shines”, “ Sow the wind and reap the whirlwind”, “ The sun is never the worse for shining on a dunghill”.

3. Find other proverbs containing references to the weather.

  1. Write a story in which a proverb about weather will be used as a conclusion.

Exercise 22.

  1. Listen to the text ( tapescript 11, Headway intermediate ) about the weather forecast.

  2. Make up a scheme of districts and weather forecast ( temperature, precipitation, etc.) mentioned in the text.

  3. Listen to a weather report in a news programme or other programmes on TV and prepare the weather forecast for the following day.

Exercise 23.

Read the following weather reports published in newspapers and use them while acting out the following situations:

I. April: Saturday: mainly cloudy, occasional rain with sleet or snow over hills slowly dying out, hill fog patches, wind NE fresh or strong, max temp 5C.

(There are some styles in which articles are dropped, for instance in weather reports: Dull day, wind NE strong to gale force).

Outlook for Sunday: Bright weather with sunny intervals showers will spread slowly S during Saturday, replacing the mainly cloudy weather with occasional rain or drizzle. On Sunday all districts will have sunny intervals and showers.

March: Dull misty start with rain at times; becoming dry and brighter, wind SE light, max temp 10C.

Planning an Outing

Role 1. Phone up B. Ask him how he/she is. Comment on the weather. Invite your friend for an outing. Ask him/her If he/she knows the weather forecast. Say that you don’t feel like getting caught in the rain and getting wet through and through. Appoint the date for your outing.

Role 2. A. phones you up. You’re well. Discuss the weather with him/her. Describe the weather forecast to him/her which you’ve heard over the radio. Cheer him/her up. Express your hope that it will clear up and you will have a lot of sunshine. Agree upon the date for your outing.

Here are some useful phrases to express:

a) one’s likes and preferences.

I’d like to; I like to; I’d rather (do smth); I’ve always wanted to; I would love (doing smth); I would much prefer;

b) making suggestions

What about: Why not do (smth); Why don’t you; Listen, let’s

II. December: Sunny intervals, snow showers, chiefly near coasts, wind N light or moderate; max temp 3C.

Outlook for next week: very cold, snow showers, chiefly in the N and E.

Sea passages: wind NE strong to gale force, snow showers, visibility good, sea state rough or very rough. January: Bright at first, rain spreading from W preceded by sleet or snow in places, max temp 6C.

Outlook for next week: Cold, with scattered sleet or showers and sunny intervals.

Sea passages: Wind NW backing 3 moderate, occasionally fresh; mainly fair; visibility good; sea moderate.

Discussing a future business trip to England in December

Role 1. Phone up В., your colleague, who happened to have worked in England as a newspaper correspondent for three years. Ask him/her about the weather in London in December (January), Ask him/her for advice concerning clothes and things which may come in handy there.

Role 2. A. phones you up. Не/she tells you about his/ her business trip to England in December (January). You describe the weather in London in December (January) and give him/her advice concerning clothes and things he/she should take with him/her. Warn him/her about the peculiarities of English winter. Here are some useful phrases to express

a) giving advice

I think you should … (do..,); You’d better (do smth); If I were you I would (do…); Why don’t you …

b) accepting advice, considering advise, rejecting advice politely

Yes, that’s just what I’ll do; Thanks for the advice

Well, I could do that, I suppose. I’ll think about it. No, it’s no good doing that, I’ve tried it before. But thanks for the advice anyway.

c) warning d) askimg for advice

Don’t… Do you think I should … (do smth)

Don’t… otherwise .

1 warn you Would you advise me … (to do…)

Remember that…

Remember not to What do you think I should…

I wouldn’t… Do you think it’s advisable to…

You might find that… If you were in my position would you…

III. Discussing the plans for the forthcoming holidays.

Make use of the language material given in parts I, II.

Role 1. Plone up В., your friend. Ask him/her how he/she is.

Tell him/her you are going to Latvia for уоur holidays in April. You know that your friend has been to Latvia many times in all the seasons. Ask him/her about the weather in Latvia in April.

Role 2. A. phones you up. You are quite well. You’re glad to help your friend. You’ve been to Latvia many times in all the seasons. You describe the weather in April which may be very changeable. You advise your friend not to go to Latvia in April.

TEXT 9

IT’S NEVER FAIR WEATHER”

I do not like the winter wind The frozen daffodils.

That whistles from the North. Let other poets gaily sing;

My upper teeth and those beneath, I do not like the signs of spring.

They jitter back and forth.

Uh, some are hanged, and some are I do not like the foggy fall

skinned. That strips the maples bare;

And others face in winter wind. The radiator’s mating call,

The dank, rheumatic air.

I do not like the summer sun I fear that taken all in all,

That scorches the horizon. I do not like the foggy fall.

Though some delight in Farenheit,

To me it’s deadly poison. The winter sun of course, is kind,

I think life would be more fun And summer wind’s savour,

Without the simmering summer sun. And I’’ll merrily sing of fall and spring

When they’re on their good behaviour.

I do not like the signs of spring, But otherwise I see no reason

The fever and the chills To speak in praise of any season.

The icy mud, the puny bud,

( by Ogden Nash )

Exercise 24.

Activities:

  1. Make the poetic translation of the poem above.

  2. Try and compose your own poem about seasons and weather .

Vocabulary:

Jitter [dзite]– дрожать. Hang – висеть. Skin – содрать кожу. Scorn – обжигать. Simmer – кипеть, закипать. Fever – лихорадка. Puny [`pju:ni]– слабый. Bud – почка. Fall = Autumn. Strip – обнажать. Maple – клен. Bare – голый. Mate – зд. дружеский. Dank – прпомозглый. Savior [`seivje]– спаситель. Otherwise – в противном случае. Praise [preiz] – хвала, похвала.

TEXT 10

Great London Fog

Fog! The poetry and the misfortunes of London, its pride and its curse; the bleak fog overloaded with dark gloom, bitter cold and hidden danger. Fog, fog everywhere – down the river where it spreads among the ships, in the streets, creeping into the houses, lingering before the door; fog in the eyes and throats of chance passers-by, its thick veil all around them. Cars move along at snail’s pace but still street accidents are frequent in the fog. People cannot see each other at their arm’s length, they collide in the streets, they creep along the houses touching them with their hands for fear of losing their or for fear of being run over by car.

An old anecdote comes to my mind: in a fog a young man wanted to cross the street, but he was afraid of being run over. At that moment he saw quite near the figure of a man walking with a firm step. The young man eagerly ran up to him, caught his hand and they crossed the street together.

“ How do you manage to find your way in the fog so well?” – asked the young man.

“ My dear sir, fog or not fog, it makes me no difference. I am blind,”- answered the man.

The fog begins with a transparent veil through which you can clearly see the sharp outlines of the Parliament, Big Ben, the Tower; then it becomes thicker and thicker, sometimes coloured yellow by the smoke of innumerable chimneys: a thick yellow suffocating fog of this kind is called “smog” or a “ pea-soup” or a “London particular”. This is a real disaster, especially for people with weak lungs. But smog does not happen very oftern.

If you walk along London streets in the evening, you cannot help noticing that the lamplight in different streets is of different colour; blue, milk-white, yellow, purple or orange, and it is no whim: the Londoners experiment which of the lights is better seen through the fog.

Along some central streets and thoroughfares glaring bits of glass are inserted into the asphalt; we call them “cats’ eyes”; you have most probably seen such “ eyes’ in our country, too, on road signs: “ beware! an engine” or “turn to the right”. They flash as soon as light illuminates them.

In Britain they are invaluable in foggy weather. Fog is often the gloomy background against which the action develops in many English novels or films. Perhaps you can remember some of them? Dickens often used it, and Galsworthy too.

The fog is one of the most typical features of London and the Londoners cannot imagine their capiltal without it.

Comments:

Haze/ hazy – light mist, usually caused by heat

Mist/ misty – light fog, often on the sea, or caused by drizzle

Fog/ foggy — quite thick, associated with cold weather

Smog –mixture of fog and pollution ( smoke + fog )

Exercise 25.

  1. Retell the text above. Use your own imagination.

Vocabulary:

Curse – проклятие. Bleak – унылый, мрачный, бесцветный, бледный. Linger – медлить, мешкать, тянуться. Veil – вуаль, занавес. At snail’s pace – со скоростью улитки. Collide – сталкиваться. Run over – переехать ( кого-либо, что-либо). Transparent – прозрачный, просвечивающийся. Suffocate – душить, удушать, задыхаться. Whim – причуда, прихоть, каприз. Thoroughfares — оживленная улица, главная артерия города, проход, проезд. Insert – помещать, вставлять. Invaluable – неоценимый, бесценный.

Exercise 26.

Retell the following text in English:

Раньше я скептически относился ко всем разговорам о лондонских туманах. В конце концов туманы бывают и у нас. Поэтому первый лондонский туман я не воспринял серьезно. «Ну вот и знаменитый английский туман»,— сообщил я своим детям, и они запрыгали: «Туман, туман…» Жена казалась серьезнее: «Как же я в магазин пойду?» Она все-таки пошла и даже вернулась. Но мы ждали ее два часа, хотя до магазина было рукой подать /round the corner/. Туманы останавливают транспорт, даже железные дорогиэ закрывают предприятия и… убивают людей. Нет, не только на дорогах, хотя в туманные дни происходит много аварий. Гораздо больше людей убивает «смог» — туман, смешанный с дымом и сажей от каминов и выхлопными газами. Знаменитый «киллер» — «смог» 1952 года унес жизни 435 человек, страдающих астмой /asthma/. Смог в декабре 1962 года убил более 200 человек. Лондонцы надевают в такие дни марлевые повязки /gauze bandages/: они становятся серыми через четверть часа.

Туман приносит много бед. Но не весь год в Англии только туманно, сыро и ветрено. Надоедают дожди и сырость. Но человек ко всему может привыкнуть. Привыкаешь посте­пенно и к английской погоде.

/По В. Осипову, «Британия глазами русского»/.

TEXT 11

To the Top of the World

(extracts)

by Cross Country Skier Mark Jenkins

Up a Sleeping Dragon. Arriving at Greenland, our plane belly-flopped onto an unnamed glacier. Putting on our skis, we took a bearing. We skied off one by one like camels in the desert. Nobody was talking much. It was a time formoving, letting your body talk and your mind walk. By midnight, when the Arctic is still bright as a cloudy summer day in July, we’d been skiing for six hours, and Gunnbjorn was in full view. We stopped, set our tents and fell asleep crawling into our bags.

At 4:30 we crawled out. The sun was happily sweeping around us. The snow was hard and brilliant, like a mirror turned toward the sun. White upon white upon white surrounded us. There was no sound, no movement but us. Here we were skiing up the smooth belly of a sleeping dragon, without a care in the world.

… Sometimes a glacier can be like a wide-awake dragon. It snaps its enomous glacial tail, and ice cracks and a tiny insect-size skier is crushed or impaled or buried alive by ice; or it bares its teeth and a crevasse sudenly opens and skiers die falling into it. But when the world is silent and kitchen-clean and friendly, you tend to forget.

… I climbed – steady, fluid, graceful. I had only feet and fingers. I put cold fingers in snow-filled cracks, feet into holes in the rocks. On all of earth there were only the rocks I touched. Suddenly the world returned. I was on top of a mountain on top of the world. The earth curved away in all directions, rough and white and uneven. Peaks everywhere, unknown, unnamed, unclimbed.

… Rising above the surrounding pinacles were two peaks. The Dome and The Cone. The words flashed through my memory. Journal notes. Members of a 1969 expedition had seen these peaks. But weather so vicious the leader said it “ very nearly cost us our lives” had kept them from exploring the two. I could not believe it. I suddenly felt a world of fear and stress and exhaustion roll on top of me.

… The next morning we chose to attempt The Dome first. The first few hours we made swift progress by walking on our skis. Then, as conditions worsened, we used crampons and ice axes. Metal teeth biting concrete snow, ice axes used more for balance than ascent, we cruised up the snow ridge to a notch that cleft the east ridge cleanly. There was steep snow going down, then steep, possibly unstable snow going back up.

…On the summit side of the notch, the ridge narrowed to a knife-edge. I had our altimeter around my neck. We reached 3790! We were there. What “there” was is still a matter of debate among geologists. Due to heavy snowfalls in the Arctic, summit heights can vary annually.

Vocabulary:

Belly-flop – шлепнуться на брюхо. Glacier [`glэesje]– ледник. Bearing – определять положение, ориентироваться. Smooth – гладкий, ровный. Snap – хлопать, шлепать, цапнуть. Enormous – громадный, огромный. Glacial [`gleisjel] – ледяной. Crack – трещина, трескаться. Impale – прокалывать, пронзать, напороться на что-то. Bare – обнажать, раскрывать. Crevasse [kri`vэеs]- расселина в леднике. Steady – спокойный, равномерный, осторожно. Fluid – подвижный, меняющийся. Curve — изгибаться. Uneven – неровный, шероховатый. Pinnacle – вершина. Vicious – ужасный, норовистый, злобнвй, порочный. Exhaustion [ig`zo:stSэn]– измождение, истощение. Swift – скорый, быстрый. Crampons [krэempэns] – шипы на подошвах обуви или на подковах. Аxe – топор. Ascent – восхождение, подъем. Cruise [kru:z]– “плыть”. Ridge –

гребень горы, хребет, гряда. Notch – выемка, метка, зарубка, амер. горный перевал, теснина, ущелье. Cleave (clove, cleft)– раскалываться, пробиваться, разрезать. Cleft – трещина, расселина. Steep – невероятный, неправдоподобный, чрезмерный. Unstable – неустойчивый, изменчивый, колеблющийся. Summit – вершина. Altimeter [`эeltimi:tэ]– высотомер.

Exercise 27.

  1. Pick out the words from the text above describing the weather and nature of the north.

  2. Pick out the words describing the difficulties of ascent.

  3. What was the aim of Mark Jenkins and his group?

  4. What was the result of the expedition?

5. What makes people take such great risk?

TEXT 12

Exercise 28.

Scan the following text for the new words on the topic. Inlarge your vocabulary.

SEASONS AND WEATHER, CLIMATE

As we know the weather, depends on the season and the climate of the country, and the latter depends on the geographical position of the country.

Our country, Ukraine, has a moderate-continental climate. England has a rather damp climate due to the effect of the warm current of the Gulf-Stream. The British Isles are surrounded by the ocean and have an insular climate.

The USA have an equable continental climate, except for Florida and the Mexican coast, where the climate is tropical and subtropical. The weather changes with the changing of the season. Consider autumn, for example. In autumn the sky is ofhen, cloudy, the sun hides behind the clouds and then appears again. Its rays have already lost their strength and the sun is not so bright now as it was in summer. The air is moist. Days get shorter and the nights longer. As autumn is a rainy season, the weather is mostly dull. And, of course, it is not attractive. As a matter of fact, I don’t like rain of any kind even if it just drizzles. But there is a spell of sunny weather in late September, which we call Indian summer, when the sun shines brightly, the sky is rather cloudless and there is a carpet of multicoloured leaves on the ground. Dew glitters in the sun and gossamer is flying in the air, it is left by spiders in the trees, on the grass and bushes. It is really golden autumn, as the poets have sung it. But in any case, nature begins to fade away. Later the frost will cover the ground at night and remind us about winter coming. As for me, I am not fond of autumn, but there are a lot of people trying to look at the reverse side of the medal. Strange as it may seem, they prefer autumn to any other season. As they say, it is the time of harvest, tasty fruit and vegetables, the time of beautiful golden leaves, the time when nature is very attractive. But many men — many minds.

Some people are fond of winter. They consider winter to be the healthiest season. In winter we can go in for winter kinds of sports: skating, skiing, tobogganing. In winter the sun shines rarely, its rays are pale, it sets early and rises late. The air is frosty, hard frost sets in, large snowflakes slowly fall to the ground, the streets are slippery with ice. The rivers and lakes are covered with thick sheet of ice, they are frozen. The icicles glitter in the sun, the temperature falls and the snow may fall thick. Going out in such weather is not pleasant and the old people prefer to stay at home. But children enjoy being out-of-doors. They like to make a snow man and to throw snowballs. Their cheeks are bunting with frost. How bitterly cold it is!

By the end of the winter the temperature rises and the snow begins to melt. Thaw sets in. The sun grows warmer and soon there won’t be any ice but plenty of water. The rivers are in flood.

Nature awakens from its long winter sleep. The birds come back from the warm lands, the trees begin to bud and soon tiny green leaves will appear. Thin new blades of grass come up, the fruit trees begin to blossom. «April showers bring May flowers», as the proverb goes. Everything looks covered with green carpet. The farmers till the soil and sow the seed. We are all welcomed and advent of spring. Nature looks full of promise. Spring is the season of hopes, it’s the season of revival of nature and people’s dreams. It’s my favourite season, I must admit.

After spring the summer comes. As the great Russian poet Pushkin said, «Oh, summer fine! I’d love you, but for the heat, the mosquitos and flies!» In fact, sometimes the heat is oppressive. But people usually like summer, because they have their holidays. It’s a good time for going to the seashore or a river beach, to bask in the sun, to become sunburnt, to swim, to pick berries and mushrooms, to gather flowers. We try to spend much time out-of-doors. But the weather is changeable in summer. It is the time of showers, rains and thunderstorms. The days become longer and the nights shorter. We can enjoy resting after hard work during the whole year.

To cut the long story short, I must confess that every season is beautiful and attractive in its own way. And as one of the famous poets says, «I see no reason to speak in prize of any season».

TEXT 13

Exercise 29.

Read the following extract and explain how the description of the weather helps to bring out the emotional state of the characters.

A Farewell to Arms (extract)

by Ernest Hemingway

Introduction

«A Farewell to Arms» is the story of an American ambulance officer, Frederick Henry, serving with the Italian Army during the 1914-18 war. He falls in love with an English girl, Catherine Barkley. He is wounded. On returning to the front he finds himself part of the desorganized retreat. Henry makes up his mind to desert from the Army. As he runs the risk of being arrested in Italy he and Catherine cross the border and find refuge in Switzerland. Catherine is expecting,

* * *

We had a fine life. We lived through the months of January and February and the winter was very fine and we were very happy. There had been short thaws when the wind blew warm and the snow softened and the air felt like Spring, but always the clear hard cold had come again and the winter had returned. In March came the first break in the winter. In the night it started raining. It rained on all morning and turned the snow to slush and made the mountainside dismal. There were clouds over the lake and over the valley. It was raining high up the mountain. Catherine wore heavy overshoes and I wore Mr. Guttingen’s rubber-boots and we walked to the station under an umbrella, through the slush and the running water that was washing the ice of the roads bare, to stop at the pub before lunch for a vermouth. Outside we could hear the rain.

«Do you think we ought to move into town?»

«What do you think?» Catherine asked.

«‘If the winter is over and the rain keeps up it won’t be fun up here. How long is it before young Catherine?»

«About a month. Perhaps a little more».

«We might go down and stay in Montreux.

«Why don’t we go to Lausanne? That’s where the hospital is».

«All right. But I thought maybe that was too big a town1‘.

«We can be as much alone in a bigger town and Lausanne might be nice»,

«When should we go?»

«I don’t care. Whenever you want, darling. I don’t want to leave here if you don’t want».

«Let’s see how the weather turns out.»

It rained for three days. The snow was all gone now on the mountainside below the station. The road was a torrent of muddy snow-water. It was too wet and slushy to go out. On the morning of the third day of rain we decided to go down into town.

«That is all right, Mr. Henry», Guttingen said. «You do not have to give me any notice. I did not think you would want to stay now the bad weather has come.»

«We have to be near the hospital anyway on account of Madame», I said.

«I understand», she said. «Will you come back some time and stay, with the little one?» «Yes, if you would have room.»

«In the spring when it is nice you could come and enjoy it. We could put the little one and the nurse in the big room that is closed now and you and Madame could have the same room looking out over the lake.»

«I’ll write about coming», I said. We packed and left on the train that went down after lunch. Mr. and Mrs. Guttingen came down to the station on a sled through the slush. They stood beside the station in the rain waving good-bye. «They were very sweet», Catherine said. «They were fine to us».

We took the trian to Lausanne from Montreux. Looking out the window toward where we had lived you could not see the mountains for the clouds. The train stopped in Vevey, then went on, passing the lake on one side and on the other the wet brown fields and the bare woods and the wet houses. We came into Lausanne and went into a medium-size hotel to stay. It was still raining as we drove through the streets and into the carriage entrance of the hotel. The concierge with brass keys on his lapels, the elevator, the carpets on the floor, and the white washbowls with shining fixtures, the brass bed and the big comfortable bedroom all seemed very great luxury after the Guttingens. The windows of the room looked out on a wet garden with a wall topped by an iron fence. Across the street which sloped steeply, was another hotel with a similar wall and garden. I looked out at the rain falling in the fountain of the garden.

Catherine turned on all the lights and commenced unpacking.

Exercise 30.

Retell in English.

I. В первые четыре дня, которые я провел в Англии, там сияло солнце. «У вас здесь не так плохо»,— сказал я своим товарищам-корреспондентам. «Эти четыре дня,— ответили они мне,— англичане будут вспоминать лет десять». «По­мните, летом 1953-го, в июне, четыре дня подряд не было дождя?»

Два года спустя я снова приехал в Англию. В Шереметьеве была снежная вьюга и температура 12° ниже нуля. В Лондоне + 9° и опять солнечно. «Недурно для февраля», подумал я и… сглазил /to overlook smth, to bewitch smth with the evil eye/.

Два дня спустя шел дождь, потом было холодно и туманно, потом снова дождь, потом пасмурно, ветрено м холодно. И я с досадой думал об англичанах: «Что их заставляет жить на этих промокших насквозь островах, когда столько сухих стран на земле…»

II. Зима пришла — весна не за горами /winter heralds the coming of spring/ — говорят англичане. А весна в Британии — чудное время. Она вся цветет /to be in bloom/. Цветет в городах, цветет в пригородах. Нежные /delicate/ розовые цветы вишен. Белые цветы яблонь.

Чтобы по-настоящему увидеть весну в Англии, надо побывать в яблоневых садах графства Кент. На шоссе стоят указатели «дорога в цвету». Вы можете ехать по ним, этим провинциальным, узким и петляющим /winding/ дорогам милю за милей и наслаждаться белыми и розовыми в цвету деревьями.

Англия прекрасна в эти весенние недели. И дождь щадит ее красоту. И солнце делает яркими ее краски.

Нет, думаешь про себя, гуляя по покрытым белыми и желтыми нарциссами лужайкам лондонских парков, англи­чане все-таки знают, где надо жить.

А потом появляются тюльпаны, от которых оторвать взгляд. А впереди — лето, белые свечи каштанов, цветущие розы, с их тонким /delicate/ ароматом, цветущие липовые аллеи /lime-tree alleys/.

Но дождь к тому времени уже потерял терпение. Он начнет напоминать, что это в конце концов Британские острова, а не Сахара. Дождь сделает эту страну прохладной, и даже в июле здесь не пожалуешься на жару. Но дождь сделает еще более красивой английскую зелень /foliage/.

Не повезло англичанам с летом. Море, окружившее их со всех сторон, широкие, мягкие песчаные пляжи Корнуэла, только дразнят. Даже на самом южном из Британских островов Уайте /the Isle of Wight/ не всегда искупаешься. Море и летом остается прохладным. И только закаленные люди /physically fit, hardened/ осмеливаются поплескаться неподалеку от берега. Большинство же отдыхающих просто смотрят на купальщиков.

Сентябрь и октябрь в Англии превосходны. Бабье лето здесь долгое, солнечное, теплое. Трава стала лишь чуть менее яркой. Деревья только слегка пожелтели. В лесу очень много грибов, но англичане их никогда не собирают. Они едят только шампиньоны.

В погожие осенние дни не хочется думать, о надвигающей­ся зиме. Здесь она, как правило, бесснежная, дождливая, ветренная и туманная. На лыжах катаются только в Шот­ландии. В Лондоне всего два закрытых катка. А многочис­ленные пруды, реки и озера замерзают только раз лет в двадцать.

Есть, однако, в таком климате свое преимущество. Он дешев. Можно обойтись без шубы и теплой шапки. В девятнадцати из каждых двадцати домов нет центрального отопления.

Впрочем, мне случилось провести «исключительно суровую» зиму в Англии. В январе 1963 года снег в Лондоне лежал три недели. Температура падала до -5° С. Ничего подобного не случалось в Англии последние… 150 лет или около того. У нас в России такой морозец не назвали бы даже бодрящим /invigorating/. В Англии он вызвал хаос /to cause, a mess/ на транспорте. Только одним железным дорогам эти три снежные недели обошлись в пять миллионов фунтов стерлингов. Но подобные зимы в Англии случаются не чаще, чем раз в полвека.

/По В. Осипову, «Британия глазами русского»/.

Answer the following questions:

1. Why is spring a beautiful time in England?

2. What is «A road in blossom»?

3. What flowers can one see in London parks in spring and in summer?

4. Why are the English unlucky as far as the summer is concerned?

5. What is the Indian summer like in Great Britain?

6. What is the author’s impression of the English winter?

7. What does the author mean by saying that the English climate is cheap?

FOR ADVANCED READING

TEXT 14 Exercise31.

Pre-reading task:

1. Have you ever thought about the reason of the different colour of skin of the people inhabiting different parts of our planet? Try to discuss with your groupmate the following matters:

a). why people of different parts of the world (Africa, Europe, America, etc. ) have different colour and tints of colour of skin, different colour of eyes, hair;

b) whether climate has any influence on this difference; if “yes” — in what way;

b) share your ideas with your group;

2. While r8.ading the following text use the map of the world and try to make a scheme of correlation of climate and tint of peoples’ skin, colour of eyes.

CLIMATE AND EVOLUTION

Climate clearly has put its imprint on the tint of our skin, the size of our noses, and other physical traits.

The study of skin color and racial differences has been a touchy matter in Western science ever since the mid-19th century, when naturalist Louis Agassiz asserted that whites had bigger brains than others, and promptly concluded that they must therefore be more intelligent. Today, scientists differ over what a “race” is. During the late 1960s, for example, anthropologist Grover S. Krantz of Washington State University distinguished between “climatic races” – groups that share traits, such as skin color, which can change over generations in response to climate – and “descent groups”, which share ancient and immutable genetic traits, such as blood type. Climatic races have evolved separately from descent groups, Krantz maintained, and the two should not be considered “inherently connected”.

Amid such discussions, however, a consensus exists that climate has influenced the evolution of the human physique.

Skin color, for example, is determined largely by the amount of melanin, a dark pigment, in the outer layer of the skin. (Carotene imparts a yellow tint.) In sunny climates close to the Equator, natural selection has favored dark, melanin-rich skin, which protects its owner by absorbing harmful ultraviolet rays before they penetrate to lower layers. But some ultraviolet light must penetrate the skin so that the body can produce Vitamin D. Thus, at higher latitudes, where sunlight is less intense, pale skin with little melanin is the norm.

Among dark-skinned people, moreover, there are great variations in skin color. The drawback of dark skin is that, like dark cloth, it absorbs more heat from the sun than does lighter skin. In prehistory, anthropologists explain, those who roamed the savannah “traded off” some protection from ultraviolet rays for the reduced heat retention of lighter skin. For forest-dwellers, living in less extreme heat, a darker complexion was an evolutionary advantage.

Melanin also determines eye color. The human eye appears blue when there is no melanin in the outer iris, and turns darker as melanin increases. In the iris, as in the skin, melanin absorbs light, protecting the eye from glare. Thus, dark eyes are generally favored by nature. In Europe, however, almost 50 percent of the population has blue, green, or gray irises. Such people may see further in dim light, but scientists still do not fathom the evolutionary logic of blue eyes – or blond hair, for that matter.

The eyes of the Chinese, Japanese, Eskimos, and other people of Mongoloid descent – one third of the world’s population – are protected by epicanthic folds. These folds, composed of fatty tissue, probably evolved among their forebears inhabiting the Arctic in order to insulate the eye against freezing, and to provide an additional shield against glare from snow and ice.

Even the human nose adapts to climate. Inside the nose, a series of wet, mucus-lined air chambers “conditions” inhaled air before it reaches the throat and the delicate air sacs of the lungs, warming it to about 95 degrees Fahrenheit and raising its relative humidity to 95 percent. Humans in cold climates – or in hot, dry ones – thus have the greatest need to condition the air they breathe. Natural selection in such climes generally favors larger noses with more mucus lining: flattened, to protect against frostbite, in frigid environments; long and narrow in arid regions.

Over thousands of years, cooler climates tend to produce larger people. The reason: their extra mass helps them retain heat. In a like manner, the size and shape of the human form help the body regulate internal which heat can escape, the tradeoff still works to their advantage. As the body grows larger, mass becomes greater relative to skin area.

The Alakaluf Indians on the frigid southern tip of South America, for example, are 25 percent taller than the Ituri Pygmies of Central Africa. Yet, the Alakalufs are more than two times heavier – and thus store much more body heat.

Variations in body shape complicate the picture. A tall, skinny man has more surface area – and heat loss – than does a shorter, huskier man of the same weight. Thus, cold territories closest to the North and South Poles tend to be populated by stocky folk.

In southern Africa, Pygmies, the world’s shortest people, dwell very near the Nilotic tribes (e.g., the Dinka), the tallest. But the Nilotic tribes live in the dry, open savannahs, the Pygmies, in the shaded forests. The Nilotics’ environment puts a premium on having more skin surface to release heat, thus their extremely tall, slender build. And, occasionally, there appear uniquely adapted humans. A notable example: the Khoikhoi women of the open African savannah, who have thin torsos suited to the hot climate, but also protruding buttocks (steatopygia) containing storehouses of fat to draw upon in times of famine.

Just as it is difficult to prove a correlation between past climatic change, and, say, the demise of an ancient civilization, so today’s anthropologists are not certain that all their inferences about climate and human evolution are well founded. Very few of the world’s peoples in all their variety now inhabit the same territories where, long ago, their ancestors presumably developed certain characteristics in response to climate. Often, notes Grover Krantz, anthropologists resort to “pulling people out of areas where their… traits don’t fit the environment and putting them back where they do fit”.

Wilson Quarterly

Vocabulary:

Imprint – отпечаток

Tint – краска, оттенок, тон; бледный, светлый, ненасыщенный тон

Asserted – утверждать, заявлять

Descent – происхохдение, поколение, передача по наследству

Immutable – неизменный, неприложный

Evolve – эволюционизировать, развиваться

Physique – телосложение

Ultraviolet [ altэ`vaiэlit] – ультрафиолетовый

Latitute – широта

Roam – бродить, странствовать, скитаться

Trade off – обменивать, сбывать

Retention – удерживание, удержание, сохранение

Iris [`aiэris]– радужная оболочка

Glare – яркий свет

Dim – тусклый, неясный, матовый, слабый, туманный

Fathom – вникать, понимать; морская сажень, изобата

Epicanthic folds – a prolongation of a fold of the skin of the upper eyelid over the inner angle or both angles of the eye

Tissue [`tiSu:] – биол. ткань

Forebears – предок

Mucus [`mjukэs]- слизь

Inhale – вдыхать

Sac – биол.мешочек, сумка

Clime – поэт. климат, страна, край

To favo(u)r – благоволить, благоприятствовать, поддерживать, покровительствовать

Frigid [`fridzid] – холодный

Arid [`эerid]– сухой, засушливый, безводный

Retain – удерживать, поддерживать, сохранять

In a like manner – в некотором смысле, в рекоторой сте9ени

Skinny – тощий, кожа да кости

Husky – рослый, сильный, крепкий, здоровяк

Stocky – приземистый, коренастый

Put a premium [`primjэm] – поощрять

Torso [`tosэu] – туловище

Buttocks [`batэks] – ягодицы

Draw upon – черпать, брать

Storehouse – склад, кладовая

Famine – голод

Demise – передавать по наследству

Inference – вывод, заключение, подразумеваемое, предположение

Presumaly – предположительно

To resort – прибегать, обращаться за помощью, (часто) посещать

Steatopygia – an excessive development of fat on the buttocks that occurs esp. among women of the Hottentots and some black peoples

Exercise 32 Post-reading task:

Answer the following questions:

1. Do the white people really have bigger brain? Can you find the grounds “for” and “against”? Can the climate be the reason for bigger or smaller brain?

2. What are the factors to form the blood type? ( Here is the classification of people according to their blood type, given by some scientists: 1 – “hunters”, 2 – “agrarians”, 3 – “nomads”, 4 – mixture of “ agrarians” and “nomads”. Use this classification to answer the question ).

3. What can you say about your iris and skin ( peculiarities, substance ), using all possible information of the text?

4. What is an “epicanthic fold”? What is it composed of? What for?

5. Describe the functions of mucus-lined air chambers. Why are the people of cold and cool areas larger? Give examples.

6. What information of the text seems to be the most interesting for you?

7. Write out the biological terms as “natural selection” and give the translation.

8. Write down a plan of the text. Retell the text according to your plan.

9. Now, after reading the text, discuss the matter of “beauty”. Can a Khoinkhoi woman win “Miss Universe” contest or other contest of beauty? Are there any standards of beauty? Who creates them?

10. Write an essay on the topic “Beauty and Climate”.

TEXT 15

Pre-reading task:

Work in pairs. Discuss the influence of weather and climate changes on people’s health.

HEAT, COLD, AND THE HUMAN BODY

Although most climatologists are reluctant to draw broad conclusions about climate’s effects on human societies, the study of its impact on individuals has flourished since World War II. “Human health, energy, and comfort are affected more by climate than by any other element of the physical environment”, observes Howard Critchfield of Western Washington University.

“Bioclimatology” attracts researchers from a variety of specialties, with markedly different interests – industrial psychologists, physicians, space scientists. They have linked climate to everything from homicide to human fertility to mental acuity.

At the extremes of hot and cold, climate’s effects are relatively easy to measure – and to avoid. In the United States, heat stroke and hypothermia together claim only about 325 lives each year. Yet W. Moulton Avery, of the Center for Environmental Physiology, contends that it “would be front page news” if federal researchers has actually collected data on the thousands of heat-related deaths (e.g., from stroke) among elderly Americans last summer.

Climate exerts its influence in subtler ways. According to one study, for example, “excessive aggressiveness” begins to manifest itself between 82.4 and 86 degrees Fahrenheit, when the relative humidity is 100 percent. The Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) lists climate as one of a dozen factors that influence crime rates.

Some researchers have tried to link climate-induced physiological changes to physical and intellectual performance. As temperatures rise above 86 degrees, they note, the body cools itself by increasing blood flow to the skin and reducing the flow to the brain and muscles. One result: a loss of energy and ability to concentrate. When the thermometer drops below 68 degrees, the body conserves warmth by restricting blood flow to the skin. Yet, some groups, such as Eskimos, may have developed different tolerances through evolution; individuals undergo short-term adaptations to harsh climates.

Most studies suggest that comfort and mental vigor are not entirely synonymous. Andris Auliciems of the University of Toronto found that English schoolchildren performed best on a variety of tests at temperatures of 58.5 to 62.9 degrees. Some bioclimatologists have put the optimum temperature as high as 82 degrees; others dismiss such correlations as worthless.

Science does confirm much folk wisdom. Winter in the temperate zones of the world means more flu, partly because the cold depresses the body’s immune system, but mostly because it drives people indoors, where microbes spread easily. Other sicknesses plague the tropics because certain disease-bearing organisms flourish in heat and humidity.

Climate has other, unexpected, effects. Wolf H. Weihe, a Swiss biologist, reports that the fertility rate of women in Bombay, India, drops by more than 50 percent during the monsoon season. In the United States, he says, statistics indicate that fertility is lowest during the winter – except, for some reason, in Kansas, where it jumps when the temperature drops to 18 degrees below zero.

Vocabulary:

Reluctant – неохотно

Markedly – заметный, отмеченный

Homicide – убийца, убийство

Acuity [э`kju: ti]– острота, острый характер ( болезни)

Contend – бороться, соперничать, состязаться; утверждать, заявлять

Exerts – напрягать (силы), оказывать давление, влиять

Subtler – тоньше

Climate-induced – вызванные климатом

Blood flow – приток крови

Harsh – грубый, жесткий, резкий, неприятный

Vigor – сила, энергия; законность

Dismiss – отпускать; отделываться

Confirm – подтверждать, утверждать

Plague – разг. беспокоить, досаждать; зачумлять, насылать бедствие

Monsoon [ mon`su:n] – муссон, дождливый сезон

Fertility – плодородиe

Post reading task:

1. Express the topic of the text.

2. Give the title to every paragraph of the text.

3. What does “bioclimatology” study?

4. Can we, judging by climate and weather changes, determine less criminal and the most criminal area in the world, in the country? Why not predicting the increase or decrease of the level of criminality, then?

5. In pairs discuss every paragraph.

TEXT 16

WHY DO WE HAVE DIFFERENT SEASONS?

Pre-reading task:

Give your own idea on the matter in the title of the text.

Since earliest times, man has been curious about the changing of the seasons. Why is it warm in summer and cold in winter? Why do the days gradually grow longer in the spring? Why are the nights so long in winter?

We all know the earth revolves around the sun, and at the same time it revolves on its own axis. As it moves around the sun, it’s also spinning like a top. Now if the axis of the earth (the line from the North Pole through the South Pole) were at right angles to the path of the earth around the sun, we would have no such thing as different seasons, and all the days of the year would be of equal length.

But the axis of the earth is tilted. The reason for this is that a combination of forces is at work on the earth. One is the pull of the sun, the other is the pull of the moon, and the third is the spinning action of the earth itself. The result is that the earth goes around the sun in a tilted position. It keeps that same position all year, so that the earth’s axis always points in the same direction, toward the North Star.

This means that during part of the year the North Pole tilts toward the sun and part of the year away from it. Because of this tilt, the direct rays of the sun sometimes fall on the earth north of the Equator, sometimes directly on the Equator, and sometimes south of the Equator. These differences in the way the direct rays of the sun strike the earth cause the different seasons in different parts of the world.

When the Northern Hemisphere is turned toward the sun, the countries north of the Equator have their summer season, and the countries south of the Equator have their winter season. When the direct rays of the sun fall on the southern hemisphere, it is their summer and it is winter in the Northern Hemisphere. The longest and shortest days of each year are called “the summer solstice” and “winter solstice”.

There are two days in the year when night and day are equal all over the world. They come in the spring and fall, just halfway between the solstices. One is the autumnal equinox, which occurs about September 23, and the other is the spring equinox, which occurs about March 21.

Vocabulary:

Revolve – вращаться, крутиться

Pull of the sun (moon) – сила притяжения солнца ( луны)

Tilt – наклон, положение, наклонять

Winter ( summer) solstice [`solstis] – зимнее ( летнее) солнцестояние

Autumnal (spring) equinal [`ikwinэl]– осеннее ( весеннее) равноденствие

Post-reading task:

  1. Simplify the language of the text and retell it to your little sister or brother.

  2. Present the information of the text for your “ teacher of geography”.

TEXT 17

Pre-reading task:

Give your own idea on the matter in the title of the text

WHAT MAKES THE WEATHER?

What is the weather anyway? It is simply what the air or atmosphere is like at any time. No matter what the air is – cold, cool, warm, hot, calm, breezy, windy, dry, moist, or wet – that’s weather. Weather may be any combination of different amounts of heat, moisture, and motion in the air. And it changes from hour to hour, day to day, season to season, and even from year to year.

The daily changes are caused by storms and fair weather moving over the earth. The seasonal changes are due to the turning of the earth around the sun. Why weather changes from year to year is still not known, however.

The most important thing to “cause” weather is the heating and cooling of the air. Heat causes the winds as well as the different way in which water vapour appears in the atmosphere.

Humidity, the amount of water vapour in the air, combined with the temperature, causes many weather conditions. Clouds are a kind of weather condition, and they are formed when water vapour condenses high above the ground.

When the cloud droplets grow larger and become too heavy to be held up by the air currents, they fall to the ground and we have the weather known as rain. If the raindrops fall through a layer of air which is below freezing, the drops freeze and our weather is snow.

One of the ways the weather forecaster studies the weather is to look at the “fronts” that exist. Fronts are boundary lines between the cold air moving southward from the north, and the warm air moving from the tropics. Most of the severe storms which cause rain, snow, and other bad weather are in some way related to these fronts.

Vocabulary:

Vapour – пар. Boundary – граница. Droplet — капелька

Post-reading task:

1.Make a list of factors to cause weather changes and give the explanation to these factors.

 2. What is ‘front’?

TEXT 18

WHAT MAKES WIND?

Pre-reading task:

Give your own idea on the matter in the title of the text

Sometimes when we are outdoors, a sudden and mysterious thing takes place. A wind begins to blow. We cannot see it, but we feel it, and we have no idea what started it.

A wind is simply the motion of air over the earth. What causes the air to move? All winds are caused by one thing – a change in temperature. Whenever air is heated it expands. This makes it lighter, and lighter air rises. As the warm air rises, cooler air flows in to take its place. And this movement of air is wind!

There are two kinds of winds, those that are part of a world-wide system of winds, and local winds. The major wind systems of the world begin at the equator, where the sun’s heat is greatest.

Here the heat rises to high altitudes and is pushed off toward the North and South poles. When it has journeyed about one-third of the distance to the poles, it has cooled and begins to fall back to earth. Some of this air returns to the equator to be heated again, and some continues on to the poles.

These types of winds, which tend to blow in the same general direction all year round, are called “prevailing winds.” But these world-wide winds are often broken up by local winds which blow from different directions.

Local winds may be caused by the coming of cold air masses with high pressure, or warmer air masses with low pressure. Local winds usually do not last long. After a few hours, or at most a few days, the prevailing wind pattern is present again.

Other local winds are caused by the daily heating and cooling off of the ground. Land and sea breezes are examples of this kind of wind. In the daytime, the cool air over the ocean moves inland as the sea breeze. At night, the ocean is warmer than the ground, so the cooler air moves out to sea as the land breeze.

 Exercise 32

Complete the following sentences:

1.The local winds are caused by … 2. The “prevailing winds are … 3. There are two kinds of winds, they are … 4. …. Are caused by daily heating and cooling off of the ground. 5. The heat rises to high … and is pushed off toward the… 6. Local winds usually …. Long. 7. The world-wide winds …. By local winds. 8. At night the air is … and moves … 9. A wind is simply … 10. The major wind systems begin at …., where the … is the greatest.

TEXT 19

WHAT CAUSES HAIL?

Pre-reading task:

Answer the questions:

1. What is “hail”? 2. Is hail typical for our town, peninsular, region? 3. Have you ever seen or got into hail? What are you impressions? 4. Can you imagine what causes hail?

One of the most unusual weather conditions we can experience is a hailstorm. It is quite a thing to see and hear hailstones coming down, sometimes with such force that great damage is done. Animals, and even men, have been killed by hail! A hailstorm usually occurs during the warm weather and is accompanied in many cases by thunder, lightning, and rain. Hail is formed when raindrops freeze while passing through a belt of cold air on their way to earth.

Single raindrops form very small hailstones. But an interesting thing can happen to such a raindrop. As it falls as a hailstone, it may meet a strong rising current of air. So it is carried up again to the level where raindrops are falling. New drops begin to cling to the hailstone. And as it falls once more through the cold belt, these new drops spread into a layer around it and freeze, and now we have larger hailstones.

This rising and falling of the hailstone may be repeated time after time until it has added so many layers that its weight is heavy enough to overcome the force of the rising current of air. Now it falls to the ground.

In this way hailstones measuring three or four inches in diameter and weighing as much as a pound are sometimes built up. Snow, too, freezes around hailstones when they are carried into regions where it is forming. So the hailstones are frequently made up of layers of ice and snow.

Frozen rain is sometimes called hail, but it is really “sleet”! And soft hail which sometimes falls in winter is only a form of snow.

Vocabulary:

Layer – слой

Inch – дюйм

Hailstone – градина

Sleet – снег с дождем, крупа

Cling – цкпляться, прилипать

Build up – наращивать, накоплять

 Exercise 33

Choose the right answer:

1. A hailstorm usually occurs in _________________ weather.

a) cool b) warm c) cold

2. The raindrops __________ while passing through the belt of cold air.

a) fall down b) evapourate c) freeze

3. Very small hailstones are formed from ______________

a) a single raindrop b) a single snowflake c) crystal of ice

4. New drops clung to the hailstone spread into ___________ around it.

a) another hailstone b) double hailstone c) a layer

5. The raindrops freeze on their way ___________.

a) up to the sky b) westward c) through the cold belt

6. A hailstone is carried up again when it meets _________.

a) another hailstone b) raindrops that cover it c) rising current of air

7. Only when hailstone is __________ enough it can overcome the rising air current.

a) light b) heavy c) solid

8. Yhe hailstones can even be _____________ in diameter.

a) several pounds b) several inches c) several pints

9. The hailstones are frequently made up of layers of _____________ and snow.

a) water b) sleet c) ice

10. A hailstone is closer to _________.

a) ice b) snow c) sleet

TEXT 20

WHY DON’T ALL CLOUDS PRODUCE RAIN 

Pre-reading task:

1. Give your own explanation on why don’t all the clouds produce rain.

Have you ever flown through clouds in the airplane, or perhaps been high up on a mountain where the clouds swirled all about you? Then you must have got a pretty good idea of what a cloud is: just an accumulation of mist.

As you know, there is always water vapour in the air. During the summer there is more of this vapour in the air because the temperature is higher. When there is so much water vapour in the air that just a small reduction in temperature will make the vapour condense (form tiny droplets of water), we say the air is saturated.

It takes only a slight drop in temperature to make water vapour condense in saturated air. So when saturated warm air rises to an altitude where the temperature is lower, condensation takes place and we have a cloud. The molecules of water have come together to form countless little droplets.

What happens if all these water droplets in a cloud meet a mass of warm air? They evaporate — and the cloud disappears! This is why clouds are constantly changing shape.

The droplets of water in a cloud have weight, so gravity gradually pulls them down and they sink lower and lower. As most of them fall, they reach a warmer layer of air, and this warmer air causes them to evaporate. So here we have clouds that don’t produce rain.

But suppose the air beneath a cloud is not warmer air? Suppose it’s very moist air? Naturally, the droplets won’t evaporate. Instead, the droplets will get bigger and bigger as more and more condensation takes place.

Pretty soon, each tiny droplet has become a drop and it continues falling downward and we have rain!

Vocabulary:

Swirl [swэ:l] – водоворот

Reduction – уменьшение, сокращение

A slight drop – небольшое снижение (температуры)

Evaporate — испариться

Exercise

Find the word which is used in a wrong way. Give your comments.

1. A cloud is just a meeting of mist. 2. There is always water vapour beside the air. 3. During the summer there is less of this vapour in the air because the temperature is higher. 4. A small reduction in temperature will make thewater condense. 5. The molecules of water have come together to form a couple of little droplets. 6. If all these water droplets in a cloud meet a mass of warm air they grow bigger and the cloud disappears! 7. The water in them is changing again and again from water to liquid. 8. They evaporate long ago the drops can reach the earth as rain. 9. The droplets will get bigger and bigger as more and more acceleration takes place. 10. So, the cloud in the sky doesn’t always mean that it will fall down.

TEXT 21

Origins of Calendar Words

EXERCISE 34.

This exercise deals with calendar words which come from Roman and Norse mythology. For each group of sentences, fill in the blanks with the three best words from the set at the left.

THE MONTHS

readjusted
reassured
reestablished
reinforced
represented

January was named after the Roman god Janus, the god of beginnings and of doors and gateways. Janus was ___________ as having two faces so that he might guard both entrances and exits. This has ___________ the mistaken belief that January was so named because it was the first month of the year. In fact, however, when the ten-month Roman calendar was ____________ about 700 B.C., January was added as the eleventh month and so named because it contained a feast day in honor of Janus. In 153 B.C. it began to be counted, as the first month and January 1 quickly became a popular festival.

denoted
denounce
deprived
derived
desist

February is ___________ from the Latin februo which means “to purify.” February 15th ___________ an important festival for the Romans. On this day priests ran through the streets, touching or striking everyone they met with strips of skin from sacrificed goats. Women prayed that the priests would not ___________ from this activity until they had been touched or struck, for the goat skins were thought to be charms against childlessness. It lost a day to the newly-created August.

incomparable
inconsistent
inconvenient
indefinite
indisputable

March was the first month of the year according to the ancient Roman calendar which contained only ten months. Beginning the new year in the spring is ____________ with the calendar we use, but the Romans started the new ___________ year in the spring because it was the beginning of the planting season. It is an ____________ fact that the very early Italians worshipped Mars as the god of agriculture, and they dedicated the coming of spring to him and to the ___________ blessings of planting and rebirth.

believed
befall
beside
besides
beyond

April’s name is ___________ to come from the Latin word aperire to open. Spring is, indeed, a time of openings for military adventures ___________ the northern borders where the winter was longer and harsher than in Italy. ___________, the Romans were thinking of the opening of the buds on the trees and flowers in warm spring weather.

intend
increase
instrumental
intense
inadvisable

May is thought to have been named after the goddess Male. This goddess was __________ to growth and represented spring. The custom of holding May Festivals probably dates back to pagan times when ___________ celebrations were held to beg protection from the gods for thе ___________ of the new crops.

protegee
proposed
protectress
prospective
proclaimed

June may have been so ___________ in honor of another goddess, Juno, who was the wife of Jupitar and, therefore, queen. Though her marriage was not a happy one, her month was associated with ___________ young brides, since Juno was the __________ of women. May and June may have been months which honored age and youth from the Latin “Maiores” (elders) and “iuniores” (youths).

predominant
prevailed
previously
predecessor
preference

July and August commemorate two great Roman emperors, Julius and Augustus Caesar. _________ these two months were called “Quintilis” (5th month) and “Sextilis” (6th month) originally being counted from March. In the year of Julius Caesar’s assasination, Mark Anthony persuaded the Roman Senate to make the change. Nephew and heir of Julius, Augustus Caesar changed the name of the following month himself, based on his title “Augustus”. This was a lucky one for Augustus Caesar. In it he ___________, winning a number of victories, celebrating three triumphs, and put an end to the civil wars. In boosting his position, Augustus wouldn’t have a shorter month than his __________, Julius, so he added a day to his month borrowed from February.

enumerate
numerals
numinous
nominally
numerable

September, October, November and December are the remaining four months which retain their original names based, on ___________. Interestingly, Nona and Decima (ninth and tenth) were Roman gods of a special function, here watching over the critical months preceding childbirth. Both Caesars made __________ changes in the lengths of these months in their balancing acts. December was the traditional month for great festivals among both the Roman and Teutonic (Germanic) peoples and some of these traditions mixed with later Christmas symbols and activities and are accepted as _________ Christian today.

Answer Key:

January: represented, reinforced, reestablished
February: derived, denoted, desist
March: inconsistent, indisputable, incomparable
April: believed, beyond, besides
May: instrumental, intense, increase
June: proclaimed, prospective, protesters
July & August: previously, prevailed, predecessor
September, October, November & December: numerals, numerous, nominally

APPENDIX

POETRY

Exercise 35.

Read the poems written by a famous American poet Robert Frost.

Learn the poem your like most of all by heart.

Translate the poem you want into Russian.

Pay special attention to new lexical material, enlarge your vocabulary.

NOTE: R. Frost loved and felt nature. Both readers and critics think that never has there been such a fine understanding of nature in the works of any other American poet. In describing nature, Frost may be compared only with the British poets, with Robert Burns and Keats, though his poetry is American to the core.

This is the way he describes spring:

Nothing Gold Can Say

Nature’s first green is gold,

Her hardest hue to hold.

Her early leaf’s a flower;

But only so an hour.

Then leaf subsides to leaf.

So Eden sank to grief,

So dawn goes down to day.

Nothing gold can say.

(The decription of summer):

A Tuft Flowers

I went to turn the grass once after one

Who mowed it in the dew before the sun.

The dew was gone that made his blade so keen

Before I came to view the levelled scene.

I looked for him behind an isle of trees;

I listened for his whetstone on the breeze.

But he had gone his way, the grass all mown,

And I must be as he had been, — alone.

‘As all must be,’ I said within my heart,

‘Whether they work together or apart.’

But as I said it, swift there passed me by

On noiseless wing a bewildered butterfly,

Seeking with memories grown dim o’er night

Some resting flower of yesterday’s delight.

And once I marked his flight go round and round,

As where some flower lay withering on the ground.

And then he flew as far as eye could see,

And then on tremulous wing came back to me.

I thought of questions that had no reply,

And would have turned to toss the grass to dry;

But he turned first and led my eye to look

At a tall tuft of flowers by a brook,

A leaping tongue of bloom the scythe had spared

Beside a reedy brook the scythe had bared.

The mower in the dew had loved them thus,

By leaving them to flourish, not for us,

Nor yet to draw one thought of our’s to him,

But from sheer morning gladness at the brim.

The Butterfly and I had lit upon,

Nevertheless, a message from the dawn,

That made me hear the wakening birds around,

And hear his long scythe whispering to the ground,

And feel a spirit kindred to my own;

So that henceforth I worked as with no more alone;

But glad with him, I worked as with his aid,

And weary, sought at noon with him the shade;

And dreaming, as it were, held brotherly speech

With one whose thought I had not hoped to reach.

‘Men work together,’ I told him from the heart,

‘Whether they work together or apart.’

(From “A Boy’s Will”)

Vocabulary:

Mow ( mowed, mown) – стог, скирда, скирдовать. Dew – роса. Blade – лист, былинка, тонкий росток. Whetstone – точильный камень. Swift – скорый, быстрый. Bewildered – смущенный, в недоумении. Dim – тусклый, туманный, потускневший, неясный. Tremulous – дрожащий, робкий, трепетный. Toss – подбрасывать, кидать, метать, подниматься и опускаться. Tuft – пучок. Brook – ручей. Scythe [sai -]– коса, косить. Spare – жалеть. Reedy – тростниковый, камышёвый. Bare – голый, обнаженный, простой, неприкрашенный. Sheer – полнейший, легкий, прозрачный. Brim – край. Kindered [`kindrid] – кровное родство, родственники, родственный. Henceforth – с этого времени, впредь. Weary – утомленный, уставший, утомительный. Seek (sought, sought) — искать, разыскивать.

My November Guest

My Sorrow, when she’s here with me,

Thinks these dark days of autumn rain

Are beautiful as days can be;

She walks the sodden pasture lane.

Her pleasure will not let me stay.

She talks and I am fain to list;

She’s glad the birds are gone away,

She’s glad her simple worsted grey

Is silver now with clinging mist

The desolate, deserted trees,

The faded earth, the heavy sky,

The beauties she so truly sees,

She thinks I have no eye for these,

And vexes me for reason why.

Not yesterday I learned to know

The love of bare November days

Before the coming of the snow,

But it were vain to tell her so,

And they are better for her praise.

(From “A Boy’s Will”)

Vocabulary:

Wither – вянуть, сохнуть, осдабевать, уменьшаться. Sodden – промокший. Fain – принужденный. Worsted – [-э:-] самое худшее, [-u-] — ткань из гребенной шерсти. Clining – цепляющийся, удерживающийся. Desolate – заброшенный, необитаемый, покинутый, одинокий. Vex – досаждать, раздражать, сердить.

Dust of Snow

The way a crow

Shook down on me

The dust of snow

From a hеmlock tree

Has given my heart

A change of mood

And saved some part

Of a day I had rued.

Vocabulary:

Crow – ворона. Hemlock – тсуга ( американское хвойное дерево)ю Rue – раскаиваться, сожалеть, печалиться, горевать.

Looling for a Sunset Bird in Winter

The West was getting out of gold,

The breath of air had died of cold,

When shoeing home across the white,

I thought I saw a bird alight.

In summer when I passed the place

I had to stop and lift my face;

A bird with an angelic gift

Was singing in it sweet and swift.

No bird was singing in it now.

A single leaf was on a bough,

And that was all there was to see

In going twice around the tree.

………

( From the book “New Hampshire”)

Vocabulary:

Alight – спускаться, садиться ( о птицах), освещщенный. Angelic – ангельский. Bough [bau]– сук.

TEXT 22 Prepreading task:

  1. What do you know about a famous American poet Henry Wordsworth Longfellow? (prepare information about him).
WOODS IN WINTER

When winter winds are piercing chill,
And through the hawthorn blows the gale,
With solemn feet I tread the hill,
That overbrows the lonely vale.

O’er the bare upland, and away
Through the long reach of desert woods,
The embracing sunbeams chastely play,
And gladden these deep solitudes.

Where, twisted round the barren oak,
The summer vine in beauty clung,
And summer winds the stillness broke,
The crystal icicle is hung.

Where, from their frozen urns, mute springs
Pour out the river’s gradual tide,
Shrilly the skater’s iron rings,
And voices fill the woodland side.

Alas! how changed from the fair scene,
When birds sang out their mellow lay,
And winds were soft, and woods were green,
And the song ceased not with the day!

But still wild music is abroad,
Pale, desert woods! within your crowd;
And gathering winds, in hoarse accord,
Amid the vocal reeds pipe loud.

Chill airs and wintry winds! my ear
Has grown familiar with your song;
I hear it in the opening year,
I listen, and it cheers me long.

Henry Wadsworth Longfellow

Note:

  1. The following essays were written by the 3d year students of Moscow State Pedagogical University. This is the way the students feel the poem of Longfellow “Woods in Winter”. Read the essays and try to do your best in describing a winter ( spring, summer, autumn) day. Prepare the pictures as illustrations to the essays.

  2. Make the list of new words and expressions on the essays below.

I. A dark and misterious winter forest was waking up. A grey sky was hanging over it. The trees stood terribly tired carrying heavy snow lying on them. A virginal white snow was having a rest at the feet of the trees. The tree tops greeted each other after a deep sleep. Everything became alive looking at the smiling sun. The snow-flakes were dancing with the wind giving joy to everything around. Birds ware singing a wonderful song. That was the beginning of a new unbelievably beautiful day.

Zlata Shangina

II. It was a chilly winter morning when we entered the forest. The path led us among the sleeping trees. We looked around us as though we entered a fairy tale. The trees were dressed in white magic clothes. The snow was crunching under foot and the air was so fresh the crunching sounds were scattered everywhere.
The sky was so crystal clear that I thought that if I touched it with a stick it would jingle like a vase. But suddenly it started to snow. The snowflakes were flying and falling to the ground like petals of white roses.

Alexandra Peterson

III. When in the rays of bright but not hot sun every drop, every snowflake shines as a diamond. And My favourite season is winter, I especially like the winter forest. It is an unimaginable sight, trees like little children at rest-time, covered with white warm counterpane, have fallen asleep till the coming of spring.
What beautiful little fir-trees and bullfinches with red breasts stand out against the background of snow as white as a lily.
Every twig, every root – everything has gone into a deep sleep, only snow underfoot sings a melody of winter and snowflakes dance in the fresh, frosty air.
Winter has smothered everything with a white veil. The brushes of the trees shoot out on the bushy branches.
The forest alertly keeps silent, but sometimes whispers with the wind. Under the blue heavens, magnificent carpets, shining in the sun, the snow lays.

Olga Lebedeva

IV. How beatiful winter forest it is. The snow is falling in large blotches as if to cover the carpets and bridge a river. The flecks of snow as light as air fly wanton in the wind and alight on the paths through the woods. The trees stripped of their leaves are wrapped by powder as if by circlet. The old trees crack from the ringing frost. The snowdrifts glare like diamonds. The bullfinches sit in the trees like rose apples. The clouds are drifting across the sky. A wizard forest is in repose waiting for the spring.

Natalya Sinyagina

V. My blue dream is to walk in a winter forest. To see the eternal pinetrees with their snow hats. I imagine that I touch the branch of one of these giants and snow rains crash on me. A gust of wind carries a new wave of snow. Everything is covered by this downy and silver snow and it looks like a white desert. Feet are swamped in this cold and tender carpet. The tile revives on my eyes. The silence is so impressive, that it rings in my ears.

Tatyana Sadykhova

VI. The whole forest sleeps in winter at the end of a long year. Trees stand still and silent. They guard all inhabitants of the forest. The earth lies still under the silver carpet of snow waiting for the coming of spring.
On frosty quiet days the golden merry sun looks out of the fluffy clouds and lights the motionless sleeping forest, and at once red-breasted bullfinchs start to chatter. A white fluffy hare appears from behind the snow-drift, sits for a while listening attentively and runs away. And when the night comes everything gets quiet and still and only the lonely moon producing no sound examines the dumb forest below.

Olga Korzsh

VII. A flight of imagination makes me burn with desire to visit the winter forest.
Marvellous foxes and lovely squirrels are running around. The air is sparkling fresh. I have a triumphant smile on my face. This is my golden opportunity to take a picture of this beauty, and I don’t let it turn to brass. “Oh, heavy lightness!” Said my friend. I was so impressed that asked my friend: “Is life worth living?”
And she answered me: “It depends on the liver”. She dropped a tear and her handkerchief. Then we saw a hunter. He was as drunk as a lord. “Oh, damn your eyes!” said my friend and threw a snowball at the hunter.
He looked at us and began to approach us. “A thousand pardons”, I told him, frightened to death. He stopped. His grey face was so long that he could wind it twice around his neck. With his presence we continued to admire the beauty of the winter forest.

Tatyana Shaporeva

VIII. The winter forest always played jokes with him. It covered him with its spidery kind and calm hands of big trees. He always pictured and even saw the damp (for him, I was snow) laying on the ground as if some goblin has been crying there all night or he saw the damp laying on the bare bushes like a coarser sort of spiders’ web; draping itself from twig to twig. So, all that seemed to run at him at once. The forest was high and the fourth was broad and the forest was the entire world forever and forever. Sounds like music and sounds like flying tents filled the sky.
He spent his green years in the winter forest. He always called it “my wonderful, passionate, sensible, frightening and terribly charming friend”. He forgot all misfortunes there. His soul coincided with the soul of the winter forest. When he was at a mass, had some troubles, he came there and a cry of pain escaped him, the forest screamed in return, only screamed in silence. His life was like the past of this old forest, full and deep. It was as remote as his own life yet such a baby of a thing, hopelessly ignorant and innocent. He used to say that trees in the forest rose sheer from the blue green plain, as if out of a sea. The winter forest was the only place where he could be happy.

Ludmila Orekhova

IX. Through the blinding brightness of the sunlight reflecting from the mirror of snow there can be seen the naked leafless trees. The birds sitting in Hell-freeze don’t even make a move like small feathered toys. There is no food in this glittering white wilderness. A lonely woodpecker hollows the trees and echoes overflow the sound of the winter forest. Beside it, there are a lot of sounds, practically a wall of noise, including the howling of wind, the creaking and moaning of trees bowing to the earth, the distant sound of civilization and happy shouting of children sledding all day long. A small river that by wonder hasn’t been trapped under ice bears her currents to unknown lands, gathering forces to overflow in spring. But now it is calm, shy, hidden and can be found only by hearing the quiet warbling of the stream. The thick blanket of snow covers everything. Nature is sleeping like a child in its bed.

Denis Golovatch

X. The winter forest is surprisingly beautiful. Winter decorates trees with white sparkling lace. Silver snow looks marvellous on the tops of the trees and makes them look like crowned heads.
First the forest greets you silently. Snowflakes fly slowly as small butterflies. The playful rays of sunlight penetrating through the majestic crowns of the trees try to involve you in their mystery.
The huge dazzlingly white snow-drifts stand guard protecting the peace of their master – the kingly winter snowy forest.
Then sudden wind makes the silent brunches dance and tell their secrets.

Oksana Bayuk

XI. The face of any forest is very beautiful in winter. There are a lot of wonderful snow caps on the trees. Bright threads of light came through the firs. Snow-flakes fall on the earth like shooting stars. When it’s fine and the eye of heaven shines the snow plays like jewels, but when the weather is bad you see an angry gloomy sky and feel a gusty wind. The silence in a winter forest is so deafening that it rings like a bell in your ears. On any day you can have a walk between the firs and enjoy the best faces of the winter forest with admiration. Here you can see a red-breasted bullfinch, a whiter-tailed hare, a red fox and a smart squirrel. In this soundless and lonely place you feel calm and peaceful.

Olga Ivlieva

XII. The dark gloomy forest looks at me with widely opened eyes. The trees whisper something frightening in their language. I try to understand what they tell but the only thing I can hear is the roaring of the wind. The wind cries as hysterical as a child, then his cry changes to a hysterical laughter of a crazy old woman. I just stand inside the forest and fear fills me from hand to heals. But the only thing I can do is to go straight on. I carefully step on the snow and it creaks like a rusty wicket. The forest seems to be an unfriendly old castle disturbed by an uninvited guest. All his nature is against me. But I try to be as careful as a mouse running near a cat. I go through the invisible paws of the darkness and they embrace me cold and terribly. But now I have no strength to go – I lay in the snow-drift. It is the only creature who understands me here in the forest – it is always ready to serve as a bed for a tired traveller. I close my eyes and fall asleep waiting for the sunlight.

Ksenia Bessonova

XIV. The snow blanketed the ground, wrapping the earth for a long winter nap. A sleepy winter wood calls to show its mysterious beauty. The trees have lost their dresses, and now silver covers their branches. The grass is captured by the snow. The white trunks of birches disappeared in the pearl snow of the morning light. The silent pines are missled up in winter greatcoats. Nothing breaks the magic silence of winter wood. The sun rays touched the ground and a flying snow played sparkles with cheerful stars.

Katya Menshova

XV. Especially in deep night, a winter forest looks like a magic kingdom. Trees, proud and solemn, are dressed in white soft fur coats and the cold, lonely and silent moon is blaping with light, which falls unreal on the shrubberies and makes thin elongated glints upon a fluffy counterpane, covering the land. Falling snowflakes, as light as feathers, are like twinkling stars and it seems that it’s a silver rain. Not a breath of wind is heard; nature is sleeping like an innocent child.

Margaret Souproun

3 pages, 1499 words

How has television changed over the last 25-50 years? This question can be answered in a variety of different ways ranging from the technological changes and advances it has gone through to the question of whether it has any type of affects on the way people perceive it, or if society is manipulated by what they see on television. This report will hopefully uncover and discover television then and now.

 The first aspect that will be uncovered are the technological advances that television has made over the years. Naturally to see into this, we must look to how television originated. Television broadcasting was first introduced in 1936 when it was available in London. It was not until 1954 when the FCC authorized the NTSC standard for color television broadcast in the United States.  The question raised at this point is what was the television actually like? How many channels were available? Naturally the availability of what we have today was unthought of and in most cases seemed impossible, but most television sets were capable of providing atleast up to four basic channels. However, these channels were only received clearly in larger cities. It was very difficult for television signals to pass through the mountains and rural areas.

In order to resolve the problem what is known as cable television was introduced in 1948. The purpose of cable television was to be able to bring existing broadcast signals to rural areas with community antennas placed at high elevations, usually on mountains or on top of tall poles. Since the invention of cable television, it has grown rapidly. By 1960, there were nearly 700 cable systems. In 1971, 2,750 systems were serving almost 6 million homes. Now in the year 1999, the number has risen to more than 65 million. Of course, the invention of cable television was by far if not the only major technological development for television in the early days of television. Today, cable still continues to advance with new developments with satellites. There are over 80 different channels available to cable subscribers ranging from 24 hour music channels, 24 hour movie channels, and 24 hour news channels, and 24 news channels. In addition to being able to have these types of channels, pay television services or better known as premium channels are also associated with the advancement of cable television. These services offer a variety of popular movies, original programming and sports without commercial interruption.

2 pages, 802 words

The Essay on H2 HISTORY A LEVELS PAST YEAR QUESTIONS

PAST YEAR QUESTIONS PAPER 2: Southeast Asian History (9731/02) Section A: Source-Based Questions -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ -­‐ [2007] [2008] [2009] [2010] [2011] [2012] Success and failure of ASEAN in the early years ASEAN and the Financial Crisis of 1997 The formation of ASEAN Vietnam’s membership of ASEAN ASEAN’s strengths and weaknesses Reasons for the formation of ASEAN Section B: Essay Questions 1. …

Soon after this, interactive television evolved. Interactive TV describes a range in two-way communication services between service providers and end users. Finally, direct broadcast satellites were introduced to further expand cable television. Direct TV and Primestar are just a few companies associated with direct broadcast satellites.

 It is clearly easy to figure out that television has and will continue to advance. Now that a few various technological advances and developments have been described, they must be tied into what is most important, and that is how viewer perception and societal influence has been changed from television changing over the past 25-50 years.

 The main change in television has become the command center of our culture. Because television is quite different from other media such as film, theater, or music, it must be examined carefully and more in depth. People go to movies to watch movies, they go to the theaters to watch plays, and they buy music to listen to it, etc. However, we go to television for almost everything. Politics, literature, music, religion, news, commerce, you name it and television has it. Therefore, this makes us known as “television people”, because for anything to be legitimate, it has to come through television.

3 pages, 1088 words

The Essay on To what extent did the status of Black people change in the years 1945 to 1955?

I would agree with this statement but I would also think there are aspects of the status of black people that did change in these years and the impacts of which could be debated. In 1945, the Second World War ended. Black people’s status hadn’t changed but their attitudes had. They started to question why they were fighting for freedom in other countries, against the Nazi oppression of …

Has American society become so dependent on television that in order to be an “American”, you have to watch television in order to make contact with whatever is happening in the culture to be familiar with what is on the television? In other words, if we didn’t have television, do you think that people wouldn’t know what was going on or people wouldn’t be able to follow events that we see on television? If this is the case, then how did people get by before television’s invention?

 Television also presents us with experience in symbolic form. Is this preferable to what we used to call reality? For example, take when Mark McGuire broke the record for the most home runs, the people who were at the game to actually witness go down in the history books probably wanted to see it on television because if they didn’t, they probably would feel a sense of loss and disappointment with the reality of it because this actually did happen to them before it was on television.

 The next issue of concern is whether or not there is a consequence of image taking over from the word in television? What essentially is the danger in images being more important than words? The images or language of television is changing the world, because it is changing our minds, our thinking, our feelings, and even our way of relating to other people and to the world.

When there is an image culture, politics per say, we see this in debates, as well as in elections. People are so far concerned with what these candidates do in their spare time rather than whether or not they will do well for our country?  However, is it the people to blame, or should what media decides to air be blamed? Without the media, how would people really now what the candidates or president does in his or her spare time? We would never know, and it really isn’t important. Therefore, the media manipulates the way we view political leaders. They make us form our opinions by what they tell us and what we hear through the television medium. Society in the same sense has relied too heavily on the media for depicting images. We are more concerned about the way a politician looks and dresses, their personal life, rather than how they will lead the country. Also, we are more concerned with watching our presidents eat jelly beans in press conferences, watching our president play football on the beach, or watching our president lie to America about his sexual affairs, instead of wondering what type of things they have done or what they will do as president. Wars, I believe are much more important than the personal lives of our leaders.

3 pages, 1306 words

The Essay on Radio and Television in Mass Media

… of those opportunities for game-changing radio business” (Bachman 5). Television began with three companies that … 149-153 Wells, Alan. Mass Media and Society. Palo Alto, National Press Books. 1972 … millions of viewers. Hours after the broadcast, people from coast to coast were thrown into … always been around. What if new 16×9 television sets make news broadcasts look weird or maybe …

I also believe that people are so into television that they tend to forget that a war will affect their life, more than a jar of jelly beans.

 The next question is has television changed in a sense that news broadcasts are strictly to make money? When we look back 25 years ago, most news departments were not expected to make money. It was not expected to make money if anything it was expected to lose money, but to them that was never a problem or an issue. However, that today has changed. News is one of the biggest money making divisions in any television network. It really does sound like television advancement has created a lot of problems rather than made our lives easier. And as we look in to the future, what will television be like both through a technological sense and perception wise, as it pertains to society? Will there be a consequence of our news being delivered in a theatrical way? It could just possibly be that Americans would simply become the most ill informed people in the world. There is sadly some evidence that this may already be the case.

Has technological developments in television such as cable; etc, affected the way society operates. Did these types of problems exist before all the technology developed? Can we blame it on technology or can we blame it on society and media?  Media indeed takes a huge role in the way society is affected by television. However, media is not going anywhere and they do not plan on going anywhere, so how can the problem be solved?
 

2 pages, 777 words

The Essay on The Impact of Changing Technology on the Everyday Life

The changing technology in housing in the post-war period such as the introduction of new, more efficient designs that focused on functionality and minimal details improved the Australian way of life. The use of these designs made housing affordable for lower-class families. The new designs also persuaded Australians to reject conservative values of previous periods and embraced the idea of …

Finally in concluding, as time advances, so does technology, however it is up to us as a society to make a positive use of it. Much of this talk on technology is full of negativity, but it is only because we let it get that way. Why? Surely television has changed in the past 25-50 years and it will change in another 25-50 years, as will all forms of media. All and all, society in general needs to stop relying on television and forming opinions by what they see and hear as a way of day to day living, because that is what is seems like we are letting happen. People are relying too much on these technological advances that they can no longer do for themselves. If we took away all the advances and developments and went back to the way it was when it was first invented what would it be like? We would probably have opinions based on values and not on perception.

All Papers Are For Research And Reference Purposes Only. You must cite our web site as your source.

Добавил:

Vezen

Опубликованный материал нарушает ваши авторские права? Сообщите нам.

Вуз:

Предмет:

Файл:

Скачиваний:

27753

Добавлен:

20.06.2014

Размер:

2.46 Mб

Скачать

Practice Test 12

ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ

3Вы услышите девушку, рассказывающую о своём путешествии в Южную Америку. В заданиях А8–А14 обведите цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды.

14A8 The narrator wanted to go to South America because 1 she had enjoyed working on a project about it.

2 she wanted to see the nature there. 3 her father had told her a lot about it.

15A9 The narrator’s parents were worried that she 1 would get homesick while she was away. 2 wouldn’t come back from South America. 3 wanted to travel by herself.

16A10 The narrator says that she was surprised by

1 how well she did in her exams.

2 how long her trip took to plan.

3 how relaxed her parents were about the trip.

17A11 The narrator decided to do volunteer work because 1 some friends recommended it to her.

2 she thought it would be the most enjoyable way to spend her time. 3 she thought it would impress future employers.

18A12 Regarding her time in the mountain village, the narrator suggests that 1 it passed very quickly.

2 she would have liked to stay longer.

3 it had made her want to become a teacher.

19A13 The narrator says that she is glad that, while on her trip, she 1 spent time getting to know the locals.

2 knew how to speak some Spanish.

3 visited every country in South America.

20A14 Now that she is back from her trip, the narrator 1 is keen to travel again.

2 is recovering from an illness she caught in South America. 3 is considering going to university in South America.

93

ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ

Practice Test 12

1Установите соответствие между заголовками A–Н и текстами 1–7. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B2. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.

A A better method

B Responsible shopping

C Lucky winners

DHelp from nature

1 Two families – one from London, and one from Liverpool – have won last night’s national lottery. Speaking from outside their home in London’s East End, Mr and Mrs Miller said that they will ‘not let the money change their lives’ and that they will both be at work as usual on Monday morning. The Liverpool family, who do not wish to be named, plan to move abroad.

2 For many years now, Changi Airport in Singapore has been voted the world’s best airport by airline travellers. Changi Airport does not simply provide travellers with wonderful restaurants and shops in a calm and pleasant atmosphere. You can also swim in its rooftop swimming pool, have a massage in one of its spas, sit quietly in the ‘garden’ area of its main hall, or watch TV in comfortable chairs while waiting for your flight.

3Before the invention of the compass, sailors looked to the sun in the daytime and to the stars at night to help them find their way across the oceans. For example, by locating Polaris (or ‘the North Star’) in the night sky, sailors could identify the direction of North. This is because Polaris never moves from its position in the night sky directly above the North Pole.

4Long ago, zoos obtained their animals by going out into the wild and capturing them. Today, this happens very rarely. For one thing, it is extremely stressful for the animals involved and there is a high risk of injury.

E A great shopping experience

F Working to protect animals

G Everything you need

H Waiting in comfort

Also, wild animals often carry diseases that would harm the other animals in the zoo. Today, therefore, most zoos get their animals from the captive breeding programmes of other zoos.

5Gyms these days are full of all kinds of fancy exercise equipment; treadmills, rowing machines, exercise bikes, resistance machines and much more. But the biggest gyms also have swimming pools, steam rooms and cafeterias. They offer classes in yoga, dance, aerobics and many other forms of exercise. And they have expert trainers on hand to answer all your fitness questions.

6Here is one thing that we can all do to help species that are close to extinction. When travelling overseas, be very careful not to buy any souvenirs that have been made from species nearing extinction. This means avoiding purchasing items made from ivory, coral and fur and also ‘medicinal’ products as they often contain rhino, tiger and bear parts.

7Wildlife parks and zoos are very educational places but perhaps their greatest purpose is the conservation of endangered species. Animal centres all around the world work together in order to breed rare and endangered species. For example, today there are only a few hundred giant pandas left in the wild. If breeding programmes and conservation efforts are successful, future generations may still be able to see these beautiful animals in the flesh, not just in books.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

B2 C

H

D

A

G

B

F

94

Practice Test 12

ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ

2 Прочитайте текст и заполните пропуски 1–6 частями предложений, обозначенными буквами A–G. Одна из частей в списке А–G лишняя. Занесите букву, обозначающую соответствующую часть предложения, в таблицу B3.

In 2004, a grave containing the skeletons of a human and a cat, lying close together, was excavated in Cyprus.

The grave was around 9,500 years old, 1) …….. .

The ancient Egyptians kept cats as pets,

2) …….. .

People often placed statues of cats outside their homes, 3) …….. . When a cat died, their former owners and the other occupants of the house would go into deep mourning and would often even shave their eyebrows as a sign of grief.

Moreover, cats were frequently mummified and bowls of milk and dead rats and mice were placed in their tombs, 4) …….. .

Awhich seems very strange to modern cultures

Band showed that cats had been kept by humans for far longer than we had previously thought

Cso that they would have food for their journey into the afterlife

Das they kept rats and mice away from homes

Cats were so respected in ancient Egypt that they were even protected by law. People could be sentenced to death if they killed a cat, 5) …….. .

One record documents the execution of an unfortunate Roman soldier whose chariot had run over a cat.

There are many tomb scenes that show cats as part of everyday life in ancient Egypt. They often showed them wearing jewellery including earrings, necklaces and fancy collars. The Egyptians even took their cats on hunting expeditions, 6) …….. .

Today, it is estimated that there are over 600 million domestic cats around the world, which makes the cat the most popular of all pets. However, the cat no longer has any religious significance in any culture.

Eand they also worshipped the cat like one of their gods

Fbecause they believed that this would protect the inhabitants

G even by accident

1

2

3

4

5

6

B3 B

E

F

C

G

A

95

ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ

Practice Test 12

3Прочитайте рассказ и выполните задания А15–А21. В каждом задании обведите цифру 1, 2, 3 или 4, соответствующую выбранному вами варианту ответа.

A New Life

“Are you looking for a room?” the man had asked. We’d only just got off the bus. Ian was still pulling the bags out of the luggage

prices,” the man

A15

We’d been all around the country that summer, finding temporary work to pay for our travels. Ian had grown up in a village, so

A16

the local farmers had been happy to hire him to help them out for a week or two. I’m a city boy myself, but because I’m pretty well-built I didn’t have a problem either. Of course, that meant that I got all the heavy work!

Once we had collected our bags, we followed the man up a nearby side-street. He didn’t stop talking the whole way. After a few twists

That first night we strolled around the town to see what opportunities there might be for work. Our last job had given us enough to live off for a few weeks so we weren’t desperate,

A19

possible. Everyone we met was very friendly and we went back to our rooms feeling quite optimistic.

Within a couple of days, I had started work

at a fish restaurant in the town washing up the

A20

pots and dishes. Maybe it wasn’t the best job in the world, but after weeks of manual labour in the fields it was a welcome change. I could watch the chef preparing the food and sometimes, when the restaurant was particularly busy, I would help him. He knew

these rooms would be too expensive for us. The man must have read my thoughts. “Now, normally I’d be asking twice as much for these rooms,” he began, “but you’re in luck because the tourist season is practically over.”

The rooms were perfect. The décor was slightly shabby but, as if to make up for it, the balcony had a stunning view over the town. We decided to stay for a month initially, and depending on what happened, we would come to an arrangement after that. It was a relief to be settled somewhere, if only for a few weeks. I could now pack my suitcase in record time and we’d met so many people that I’d lost count. Sometimes when I was introduced to yet another stranger I would change my name, just to make it more interesting.

tasted amazing. I’d go home at night and write down the recipes and tips that I’d learnt.

Our first month in the town came to an end and we decided to stay for another three. Ian had found some painting and decorating work and I was quite happy. Those three months turned into six, and before I knew it I had been at the restaurant for a whole year. The chef asked me if I would like to become his assistant — he said I had a natural gift for cooking. So that’s how I ended up here, ten years later, as Head Chef at Alberto’s Fish

Restaurant. Ian is still here as well, running

A21

his own decorating business. One day I hope to achieve something similar for myself, too.

96

Practice Test 12

ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ

The man waiting at the bus stop was very

14

A15

1

rude.

2

impatient.

3

unhelpful.

4

persistent.

15A16 The farmers gave the narrator and his friend Ian work because

1 they thought they would be suitable for it.

2 they needed seasonal workers.

3 they had known Ian since he was young.

4 they found both boys cheerful and friendly.

16A17 The narrator thought the rooms could be too expensive after he realised 1 how popular they were.

2 what time of year it was.

3 how nice the exterior was.

4 where they were.

17A18 In paragraph four, the narrator suggests that he had become tired of 1 staying in hotels.

2 packing his suitcase.

3 moving from place to place.

4 meeting new people.

18A19 In paragraph five, the narrator uses the phrase ‘put out feelers’ to mean 1 meet as many people as possible.

2 speak to people to get information about work.

3 find a suitable job to earn some money.

4 get to know a new place.

19A20 The narrator enjoyed his new job because 1 all his food was cooked for him.

2 it was different from his previous jobs.

3 his boss took an interest in teaching him to cook. 4 the time passed quickly.

20A21 In the final paragraph, we learn that the narrator 1 would like to start a business with Ian.

2 regrets staying so long at Alberto’s restaurant.

3 hopes that his career as a chef will continue to advance. 4 wishes that he had achieved as much as Ian.

97

ЧАСТЬ 3 – ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА Practice Test 12

1Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, сло* ва, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номера* ми B4–B10, так, чтобы они грамматически соответствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы B4–B10.

B4

was

B5

was trying

B6

will find

B7

had passed

B8

have been given

B9

had left

B10

fixed

2 Прочитайте приведённый ниже текст. Преобразуйте, если необходимо, слова, напечатанные заглавными буквами в конце строк, обозначенных номерами В11–B16, так, чтобы они грамматически и лексически соответ* ствовали содержанию текста. Заполните пропуски полученными словами. Каждый пропуск соответствует отдельному заданию из группы В11–В16.

The Trans Siberian Railway

Travelling on the

Trans Siberian

Express is an

extraordinary journey. It

is the

longest

continuous

B11 8)

railway in the world — 10,000 kilometres long, or one third of the distance

around

the globe.

Travellers on

the Trans Siberian railway describe the

journey

as a(n)

amazing

B129)

adventure; seven days or more of exotic travel from Moscow to Vladivostok.

10)B13

conversation

with other passengers that

However, many travellers say that it is the

makes the journey special. You can spend many hours making new friends and discussing the

landscape of the Ural Mountains and Siberia.

You can either stay on

the

train

for the

whole journey

or,

if

you are

feeling more

1B14)

adventurous

,

you

can

arrange

stops along the

way.

A

stopover

at Irkutsk is

recommended for a few days. Here you can explore the city and visit the

12)B15

beautiful

Lake Baikal; the deepest lake in the world.

The journey ends on the east coast of Russia in Vladivostok, whose name means “Lord of the East”. However you decide to spend your time on the Trans Siberian Express, it will be an extremely

13)B16

memorable

experience.

CONTINUE

AMAZE CONVERSE

ADVENTURE BEAUTY

MEMORY

98

Practice Test 12

ЧАСТЬ 3 – ГРАММАТИКА И ЛЕКСИКА

3Прочитайте текст с пропусками, обозначенными номерами А22–А28. Эти номера соответствуют заданиям A22–A28, в которых представлены возмож* ные варианты ответов. Обведите номер выбранного вами варианта ответа.

The Report Card

John had never been very good 14)A22…….. sports. He simply wasn’t an athletic kind of person. He knew it, his

friends knew it, and his gym teachers at school had known it, too. On his school report for the year 1992, his

Physical Education teacher had written: ‘John tries very

……..15)A23

in class, but achieves below average results.’

The teacher had obviously thought that it would be a good idea to mention John’s effort, but he only

16)A24……..

in emphasising his failure.

As an adult in his

thirties, John did everything he could to avoid playing any sort of sport. Whenever

17)A25………

his friends were trying to organise a friendly game of football, or his boss needed to find a tennis partner, John

would always 18)A26…….. an excuse. Once, he even faked an injury so that he didn’t have to take 19)A27…….. in

a basketball game. But it was only when John had to explain to his new girlfriend why he couldn’t play squash with

her that he decided that his problem with sports had gone on for long enough. It was

……..20)A28

to change.

A22

1

for

2

at

3

to

4

on

A23

1

strongly

2

well

3

heavily

4

hard

A24

1

achieved

2

succeeded

3

managed

4

ended

A25

1

beginning

2

young

3

early

4

opening

A26

1

make up

2

find out

3

put up

4

think over

A27

1

position

2

role

3

place

4

part

A28

1

time

2

moment

3

season

4

point

ЧАСТЬ 4 – ПИСЬМО

C11 You have received a letter from your English speaking pen friend Jack who writes:

… Well, my exams start next week and I’m feeling a little stressed even though I’ve studied hard. How often do you have exams at your school? Do you like taking exams? How do you

cope with the pressure?

It’s my best friend John’s birthday this weekend …

Write a letter to Jack. In your letter answer his questions

ask 3 questions about his best friend’s birthday Write 100 140 words. Remember the rules of letter writing.

C22 Comment on the following statement.

“Extreme sports have become more and more popular. However, some say that they are too risky.”

What is your opinion? Does the thrill of the sport outweigh the risk? Write 200 250 words.

Use the following plan:

write an introduction (state the problem/topic)

express your personal opinion and give reasons for it

give arguments for the other point of view and explain why you don’t agree with it

draw a conclusion

99

ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ

Practice Test 13

1 Вы услышите высказывания шести людей о путешествиях. Установите соответствие между высказываниями каждого говорящего 1–6 и утверждениями, данными в списке A–G. Используйте каждое утверждение, обозначенное буквой,

только один раз. В задании есть одно лишнее утверждение. Вы услышите запись дважды. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B1.

A I appreciate travelling for my job.

B I have found a way to travel quite cheaply.

C I don’t have to travel far to find what I want. D I prefer to travel by myself.

E Thinking about my holiday helps me to cope with my busy schedule. F I think people should think about the negative effects of travelling. G I want to travel more but I have a problem that stops me.

1

2

3

4

5

6

B1 C

E

F

A

G

B

2Вы услышите беседу двух друзей о мобильных телефонах и Интернете. Определите, какие из приведённых утверждений А1–А7 соответствуют содержанию текста (1– True), какие не соответствуют (2 – False) и о чём в тексте не сказано, то есть на основании текста нельзя дать ни положи’ тельного, ни отрицательного ответа (3 – Not stated). Вы услышите запись дважды. Обведите правильный ответ.

A17 Laura is looking at mobile phones in a shop window.

1 True

2 False

3 Not stated

A28 Dave doesn’t own a mobile phone.

1

True

2

False

3

Not stated

A39

Dave believes that using technology has made people more anti-social.

1

True

2

False

3

Not stated

Both Laura and Dave would like to use the Internet when they are not at home.

A410

1

True

2

False

3

Not stated

Dave is worried about the Internet having harmful effects on young people.

A511

1

True

2

False

3

Not stated

A612 Laura’s parents monitor her use of the Internet.

1 True

2 False

3 Not stated

A713 In the end, Laura decides not to buy an Internet phone.

1 True

2 False

3 Not stated

100

Practice Test 13

ЧАСТЬ 1 – АУДИРОВАНИЕ

3Вы услышите рассказ молодого человека о вегетарианстве. В заданиях А8–А14 обведите цифру 1, 2 или 3, соответствующую номеру выбранного вами варианта ответа. Вы услышите запись дважды.

A814 While growing up, the narrator ate food that was 1 unhealthy.

2 badly cooked.

3 not very varied.

A915 The narrator says his university served food that was 1 liked only by the foreign students.

2 good value but not very healthy.

3 worse than what he was used to.

A1016 The narrator tried a vegetarian dish because

1 his vegetarian friends encouraged him to.

2 he thought the quality might be better.

3 the meat dishes had started to make him ill.

A1117 After he started eating vegetarian meals, the narrator

1 realised his attitude towards vegetarians had been wrong.

2 began to really dislike the smell of meat.

3 began to lose weight.

A1218 While deciding whether to become a vegetarian or not, the narrator

1 did some research into vegetarianism.

2 continued to eat some meat.

3 realised how healthy he felt.

A1319 The narrator finally made his decision based on

1 what he found out about the benefits of vegetarianism. 2 how much healthier he was feeling.

3 the opinions of others.

A1420 The narrator’s parents

1 are slowly accepting his decision to be a vegetarian. 2 are now thinking about becoming vegetarians too. 3 are unhappy that he is a vegetarian.

101

ЧАСТЬ 2 – ЧТЕНИЕ

Practice Test 13

1Установите соответствие между заголовками A–Н и текстами 1–7. Занесите свои ответы в таблицу B2. Используйте каждую букву только один раз. В задании один заголовок лишний.

A Travel with a purpose

B Make a discovery

C Getting a good view

DA difficult task

1 For hundreds of years, people have been competing in bizarre ‘gurning’ contests around England. What is gurning? Well, it is simply the act of making the ugliest face possible. Some elderly people can make some spectacular gurns. If they have false teeth, they can take them out and bring their lower lip so far up that it can cover their nose! But even younger people can make amazing gurns – just look at celebrity Jim Carrey!

2Thousands of spectators line the route of the Tour de France bike race each year, trying to see over other people’s heads. Then when the competitors pass, they flash by so quickly that it is hard to get even a glimpse of them. Therefore, it’s worth buying a tour guide with route information so that you can plan well in advance the best place to stand to see your favourite cyclists speed by.

3The goal of responsible tourism is to help people in need as well as the holidaymakers themselves. Some tour operators, for example, organise charity bike rides. Visitors cycle around places of interest following a pre-arranged route. They enjoy a valuable new experience and at the same time part of the cost of the holiday is donated to local community projects.

4The Sibit-sibit Festival is held each year to give tourists a rich and colourful picture of the history of Olongapo in the Philippines. Sibit-sibits are ancient paddle boats that

E Greatest invention

F An unusual competition

G Keeping traditions alive

H Still popular today

were used by fishing villages. During past celebrations, fishermen held races and won with their great physical strength alone. Today, the traditional Sibit-sibit Festival is a lively and enchanting event that brings together Olongapo’s rich past, successful present and promising future.

5Bicycles were first introduced in the 19th century and there are now over one billion of them worldwide. Many people still prefer this eco-friendly mode of transport. Postmen, delivery personnel and even police officers can often be seen riding bicycles.

6The Archaeological Seminars Foundation offers visitors of all ages the opportunity to ‘Dig for a Day’. This programme allows the unskilled enthusiast to get their hands dirty while getting the chance to make a fabulous discovery. Activities include digging, pottery examination and touring the latest excavation site. Thousands of people have already participated in this memorable experience!

7What is the most important mechanical invention of all time? The wheel no doubt! The earliest known use of the wheel was probably the potter’s wheel in 3500 BC in Mesopotamia. Interestingly enough, the wheel was used for manufacturing before it was used for transporting. Today, nearly every machine includes the wheel; from the smallest of pocket watches to the largest of aeroplanes.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

B2 F

C

A

G

H

B

E

102

Соседние файлы в предмете Английский язык

  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #
  • #

    20.06.20148.88 Mб95Примеры резюме на английском языке.pdf

  • #
  • #

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • The effects of mass media егэ ответы
  • The effect of the temperature егэ ответы
  • The effect of mass media егэ ответы
  • The edwardian fashion егэ ответы
  • The earliest mystery of golosov ravine егэ